Supplementary Information Tables 2020-2021: Health Canada

Table of Contents

Reporting on Green Procurement

This supplementary information table supports reporting on green procurement activities in accordance with the Policy on Green Procurement.

Health Canada is bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act and was required to develop a 2020 to 2023 Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy (DSDS). Health Canada has developed its corresponding 2020-21 DSDS Report, including applicable reporting on green procurement activities. This report can be found on Health Canada's website.

Details on Transfer Payment Programs

Transfer Payment Programs of $5 Million or More

Canada Brain Research Fund Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Canada Brain Research Fund Program

Start date

April 1, 2011

End date

March 31, 2022

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2019-20

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

In Budgets 2011, 2016, and 2019, and through a subsequent funding extension in 2021, the Government of Canada committed a cumulative $200 million, in matched funding with non-federal government donors, for the Canada Brain Research Fund Program "to support the very best Canadian neuroscience" and "to help the medical community better understand the brain and brain health." The Government of Canada's objectives in funding the Canada Brain Research Fund are: 1) to serve as a focal point for private investment in brain research by attracting private and charitable donations to match federal funding; and, 2) to support research that advances knowledge of the brain through grants to researchers.

Results achieved

The Canada Brain Research Fund (CBRF) supports research with the greatest potential to lead to scientific discoveries that advance therapies and approaches to improve the health and quality of life of Canadians at risk of, or affected by brain health conditions. The Brain Canada Foundation (Brain Canada), the sole recipient of the fund, works in partnership with a range of donors from across the private and charitable sectors, to provide competitively awarded funding for research across Canada. In 2020-21, despite the barriers and pressures posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, Brain Canada partnered with various institutions, health charities and donors, research networks, provincial agencies and corporations, to raise $28.4 million in funds to match the federal contribution and also to disburse over $16 million in support of 163 research grants and awards.

In 2020-21, Brain Canada launched nine new research competitions to support basic, clinical, and implementation research. These included targeted competitions to address topics such as mental health and brain cancer, and open competitions that allowed researchers to propose innovative and original ideas to address a range of brain and neurological diseases, disorders, illnesses and other health conditions. During 2020-21, Brain Canada supported 40 new research projects resulting from competitions launched over the past two years. Of these, 20% were supported through team awards, which bring together scientists from different disciplines to advance collaborative research on the brain and brain health; 20% were platform awards, which sustain or enhance centralized shared research resources to promote efficient sharing of equipment, expertise, data, and protocols across research networks; and 8% were knowledge translation awards. The remaining 52% of projects were funded through capacity building awards to provide salary support, training, and mentoring to develop the next generation of Canadian brain researchers.

Of particular note were 20 projects selected through Brain Canada's Future Leaders competition, to support early-career researchers within five years of starting their first independent research position. In one promising example, a researcher is examining the mind-gut connection to explore how stress can trigger inflammation and lead to depression, with the aim of developing new ways of treating depression. Through funding for early career researchers, Brain Canada has demonstrated its continued commitment to the next generation of Canadian researchers and supporting trainees and early-career researchers. Since 2011, the program has supported more than 500 PhD students and postdoctoral fellows.

A decade since its inception, the CBRF is beginning to yield transformative results. In the last two years, 9 patents, licenses and intellectual rights registrations resulted from CBRF-funded research, increasing the total to 48 since 2011. For example, a project led by a research team at McGill University resulted in a retinal scan that will detect Alzheimer's disease before symptoms progress. This advancement has the potential to aid in proactively identifying the need for treatment. In 2020-21, this new technology was authorized for use in the United States and will be used in partnership with American eye clinics. The retinal scan is nearing its final commercial approval for use in Canada. While the project began in 2015, foundational research laying the ground for this breakthrough dates back to 2011.

Brain Canada continued to assume a convening role within the research community, bringing research stakeholders together to discuss and advance key brain health priorities. Projects undertaken through the CBRF between 2011 and 2021 connected more than 1,000 researchers from over 75 disciplines at 115 institutions across Canada. Brain Canada has built this cohesion through the alignment of over 100 funding and research partners and engagement with an array of stakeholders. Brain Canada's collaborative work has successfully informed and influenced the research agenda, as demonstrated through more than 35,000 citations of CBRF-funded publications in Canada and internationally.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2021-22.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with Brain Canada Program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 23,500,000 8,497,963 24,676,683 24,676,683 10,851,675 13,825,008
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 23,500,000 8,497,963 24,676,683 24,676,683 10,851,675 13,825,008
Explanation of variances As a result of closures and other constraints resulting from COVID-19, many of the Brain Canada Foundation's research funding recipients were forced to delay their projects. These delays slowed the rate of payments and resulted in lower expenditures than anticipated in 2020-21.

Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program

Start date

March 22, 2019

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2018-19

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Program objectives are to ensure that, for the remainder of their lives, eligible thalidomide survivors:

Results achieved

The Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program (CTSSP) supported 121 confirmed survivors as of March 31, 2021.

Ongoing tax-free payments were distributed to 100% of known thalidomide survivors. 100% of payments were made before the end of April 2020, as per the time frame of the service standard of the independent third-party administrator.

The independent third-party program administrator processed 25 Extraordinary Medical Assistance Fund (EMAF) applications. The EMAF assists survivors with costs related to extraordinary health support needs such as specialized surgeries and home or vehicle adaptations. Based on needs identified in the 2019-20 annual survey of survivors, eligible expenditures under the EMAF were expanded in 2020-21 to include ongoing costs related to medication, chiropractic care, physiotherapy, and attendant services among others.

In 2020-21, a total of 59 new applications were submitted to the CTSSP and are at various stages of the assessment process. The application period for the CTSSP will remain open until June 3, 2024. While no new survivors were confirmed in 2020-21 using the 3-step probability medical assessment process, the CTSSP welcomed one new survivor from the Government Registry of Thalidomide Victims.

Outreach data for 2020-21 showed that 82.6% of thalidomide survivors who responded to the survey said that the CTSSP is helping them age with dignity, which aligns with the purpose of the program.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2024-25.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with the third party administrator of the CTSSP to discuss the Program progress. In addition, Health Canada provided information about the program to individual Thalidomide survivors, and individuals who believe they are survivors of Thalidomide, and the general public through direct correspondence and online communication.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 9,500,408 13,418,765 14,546,067 14,546,067 10,073,011 4,473,056
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 9,500,408 13,418,765 14,546,067 14,546,067 10,073,011 4,473,056
Explanation of variances The variance between actual and planned spending is due to unexpected delays in implementing the assessment process such as, delayed access to the diagnostic algorithm and finalizing the medical-legal committee. These directly impacted the number of survivors admitted to the Program resulting in a surplus for 2020-21.

Contribution to Canada Health Infoway

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contribution to Canada Health Infoway

Start date

April 1, 2016

End date

March 31, 2022

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2017-18

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

Canada Health Infoway (Infoway) is an independent, not-for-profit corporation that is federally funded to work with jurisdictions and other stakeholders to support the development and adoption of digital health technologies across Canada. Between 2001 and 2010, the Government of Canada has invested $2.1 billion in Infoway, through grants or up-front multi-year funding, to focus on electronic health records, and other priorities in digital health. Budget 2016 allocated $50 million over two years to Infoway to support short-term digital health activities in e-prescribing and telehomecare, with the funds flowing as a contribution agreement. Budget 2017 allocated $300 million over five years to Infoway to expand e-prescribing and virtual care initiatives, support the continued adoption and use of electronic medical records, help patients to access their own health records electronically, and better link electronic health record systems to improve access by all providers and institutions. Finally, in 2020, Infoway was allocated $50 million over two years to support provinces, territories and others to expand virtual health services to Canadians. These funds also flow through a contribution agreement.

Infoway is currently undertaking its Driving Access to Care Strategy which is comprised of two programs: PrescribeIT and ACCESS Health. To date, all 13 jurisdictions have formally agreed to participate in the PrescribeIT program. Infoway has also secured partnerships with several distributers. Infoway also continues to develop its ACCESS Health program, which it has recently renamed the Virtual Care program. After consultations with provinces and territories to ensure its work responds to digital health needs, Infoway decided to terminate its original national ACCESS Gateway project in favour of smaller interoperability projects that will be completed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Overall, Infoway's virtual care activities, including the activities related to funding allocated in 2020, seek to support provinces, territories and other stakeholders in furthering Canadians' access to virtual care and digital health tools.

Results achieved

The PrescribeIT program continued to grow in fiscal year 2020-21. Memorandums of Understanding to implement the program are signed with all 13 jurisdictions. In 2020-21, PrescribeIT continued to equip Canadian providers with digital health technologies that aid them in delivering more efficient and high quality health care. The program was operational in five jurisdictions (Alberta, Saskatchewan, Ontario, New Brunswick, and Newfoundland and Labrador), and as a result, enrollment increased with 5,728 enrolled prescribers (up from 2,442 last year) and 4,699 enrolled pharmacies (up from 3,312 last year).

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials worked closely with Infoway to establish activities to be carried out under the Contribution Agreement, and discuss program progress. This included regular communications with Infoway throughout 2020-21, as well as monitoring of compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

In addition, a federal/territorial Assistant Deputy Ministers Working Group, with representatives from all provinces and territories and Health Canada, provided a forum for ongoing discussion, monitoring and progress towards virtual care priorities and objectives.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 49,844,676 74,440,696 77,000,000 126,880,788 84,380,788 7,380,788
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 49,844,676 74,440,696 77,000,000 126,880,788 84,380,788 7,380,788
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is mostly due to new funding provided to Infoway in 2020-21, and expended against that new funding. The variance is in small part due to interest earned by Infoway and reimbursed to Health Canada.

Note: Infoway had access to additional $50M in new funding in 2020-21. A request to reprofile the variance between the Total Authorities Available and Actual Spending has been submitted.

Contribution to Canadian Blood Services: Blood Research & Development Program

General information

In 2020-21, Health Canada combined this program ("Contribution to Canadian Blood Services: Blood Research & Development Program") with "Strengthen Canada's Organs and Tissues Donation and Transplantation System". Detailed results for both of these programs can be found under the new "Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program".

Contribution to Strengthen Canada's Organs and Tissues Donation and Transplantation System

General information

In 2020-21, Health Canada combined this program ("Contribution to Strengthen Canada's Organs and Tissues Donation and Transplantation System") with the "Canadian Blood Services: Blood Research and Development Program". Detailed results for both of these programs can be found under the new "Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program".

Contribution to the Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contribution to the Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health

Start date

April 1, 2008

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2017-18

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health (CADTH) is an independent, not-for-profit agency funded by Canadian federal, provincial, and territorial governments to provide credible, impartial and evidence-based information about the clinical/cost-effectiveness and optimal use of drugs and other health technologies to Canadian health care decision makers.

The contribution agreement provides financial support for CADTH's core business activities, namely, the Common Drug Review, pan-Canadian Oncology Drug Review, Health Technology Assessments and Optimal Use Projects. Through these activities, CADTH is able to create and disseminate evidence-based information about the effectiveness and cost of drugs and non-drug technologies. Provinces and territories use this information to help decide whether or not public health plans should include the particular health products in question.

Results achieved

The funding announced in Budget 2017 supported CADTH's ongoing transition to a health technology management organization in order to deliver results that better meet the needs of the healthcare system.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, CADTH responded to health system priorities by providing evidence, advice, implementation support, and recommendations on COVID-19 therapies, infection prevention and control, screening and testing for the Canadian health care system through its core business activities.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with CADTH Program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the Recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 20,058,769 23,058,769 26,058,769 26,058,769 26,058,769 0
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 20,058,769 23,058,769 26,058,769 26,058,769 26,058,769 0
Explanation of variances

Not applicable..

Contribution to the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contribution to the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare ImprovementFootnote 1

Start date

December 10, 2015

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The contribution to the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement (CFHI) supports the federal government's interest in achieving an accessible, high quality, sustainable and accountable health system, adaptable to the needs of Canadians. It is designed to support CFHI's work to: find and promote health care innovators and innovations; drive rapid adoption of proven innovations; enable improvement-oriented systems; and, shape the future of healthcare.

CFHI previously operated as the Canadian Health Services Research Foundation (CHSRF), an arm's-length, non-profit, charitable organization with a mandate to fund health services research and promote the use of research evidence to strengthen the delivery of health services. CHSRF received $151.5 million in federal funding under three separate grants (1996-97 to 2003-04).

Over the coming years, CFHI's activities are expected to result in: health care leaders that are knowledgeable and skilled in carrying out health care improvements; patients, residents, family members, communities and others with lived experience that are engaged in health care improvement and co-design; and improvements to the cultures of participating organizations. Over time, this work is expected to lead to improvements to: patient, resident and family experience of care; the health of patients and residents reached; efficiency of care; and work life of healthcare providers. Ultimately, CFHI will work to sustain, spread and/or scale proven innovative policies and practices within and across organizations, regions and provinces/territories.

Results achieved

CFHI's work was guided by a strategy for the period of 2019 to 2021, which outlined its vision of being an indispensable partner in shaping better healthcare for everyone in Canada.

In 2020-21, CFHI continued to support innovations designed to accelerate improvements in health care delivery by working with health care leaders, governments, policy-makers and other leaders. Examples of results achieved by CFHI in 2020-21 included:

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 83,948,979 88,158,979 92,658,979 99,593,979 99,593,979 6,935,000
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 83,948,979 88,158,979 92,658,979 99,593,979 99,593,979 6,935,000
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is mainly due to the allocation of additional funds to support priority initiatives, including the Organ Donation and Transplantation Data and Performance Reporting System project and new data activities under the Safe Restart Agreement.

Contribution to the Canadian Partnership Against Cancer

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contribution to the Canadian Partnership Against Cancer

Start date

April 1, 2007

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Canadian Partnership Against Cancer (CPAC) is an independent, not-for-profit corporation established to implement the Canadian Strategy for Cancer Control. This Strategy was developed in consultation with Canadians, including cancer experts and stakeholders with the following objectives:

CPAC is the sole recipient of the Contribution to the Canadian Partnership Against Cancer Program. CPAC was eligible to receive $250 million from the federal government for its first five-year term (2007 to 2012) and $241 million for its second five-year term (2012 to 2017). Budget 2016 confirmed ongoing funding for CPAC, which is governed by a five-year agreement (2017 to 2022) for $237.5 million.

Results achieved

In 2020-21, CPAC continued its work in cancer control by accelerating the uptake of new knowledge and coordinating approaches to advance cancer control in Canada. Notable achievements included:

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 42,971,939 50,846,986 51,000,000 51,000,000 50,943,947 56,053
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 42,971,939 50,846,986 51,000,000 51,000,000 50,943,947 56,053
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is mainly due to interest earned by CPAC and reimbursed to Health Canada.

Contribution to the Canadian Patient Safety Institute

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contribution to the Canadian Patient Safety InstituteFootnote 3

Start date

April 1, 2013

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Canadian Patient Safety Institute (CPSI) supports the federal government's interest in achieving an accessible, high quality, sustainable and accountable health system adaptable to the needs of Canadians. It is designed to improve the quality of health care services by providing a leadership role in building a culture of patient safety and quality improvement in the Canadian health care system through coordination across sectors, promotion of best practices, and advice on effective strategies to improve patient safety. CPSI received grant year funding via five-year grant agreements from 2003-2013. A new five-year contribution agreement began on April 1, 2013 and concluded on March 31, 2021.

Results achieved

CPSI provided leadership and coordination of efforts to prevent and reduce harm to patients, with an emphasis on four key areas: safety improvement projects; making patient safety a priority across health care systems; influencing policy, standards, and regulations so that they incorporate best patient safety evidence and practices; and creating and strengthening alliances and networks with partners such as patients, governments, and industry who are committed to making care safer.

Over the coming years, CPSI's work is expected to contribute to sustained improvements in patient safety across Canada, resulting in reduced incidence rates of preventable harm, and healthier Canadians.

In 2020-21, key results achieved by CPSI included:

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with CPSI Program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the Recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 0
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 7,600,000 0
Explanation of variances

Not applicable.

Health Care Policy and Strategies Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Health Care Policy and Strategies Program

Start date

September 24, 2002

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Health Care Policy and Strategies Program provides time-limited contribution funding for projects that address specific health care systems priorities, including palliative and end-of-life care, home and community care, mental health, and federal and provincial/territorial and other emerging priorities. Through the implementation of contribution agreements and a variety of stakeholder engagement activities, Health Canada contributes to the development and application of effective approaches to support sustainable improvements to health care systems.

Results achieved

The Program funding supported a wide range of projects designed to ultimately contribute to improvements and transformations in health care systems across Canada. For example, health care innovation projects supported activities that develop, implement and evaluate tools, models, and practices that address identified health care systems priorities. Other projects produced knowledge products and resources that enabled health providers to maximize their roles in a range of settings; provided system managers and decision-makers with data and decision-making tools to enhance system planning and performance; and engaged key stakeholders in collaborative efforts that contribute to specific health care systems improvements relevant to Program priorities.

In 2020-21, the Health Care Policy and Strategies Program directed funding toward disseminating, exchanging and implementing knowledge to support innovation and best practices in areas such as: palliative and end-of-life care, home and community care, mental health, and other federal and provincial/territorial emerging priorities, including COVID-19. The Program also supported projects that contributed to improving access to health care services for all Canadians. Specific examples included:

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 9,489,511 18,346,468 25,568,000 33,618,129 33,618,129 8,050,129
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 9,489,511 18,346,468 25,568,000 33,618,129 33,618,129 8,050,129
Explanation of variances

The variance between planned spending and actual spending is due to reallocation of transfer payment funds within the department and Health Portfolio to support priorities related to the response to COVID-19.

Mental Health Commission of Canada Contribution Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Mental Health Commission of Canada Contribution Program

Start date

2000 as a Grant, but as of April 1, 2017 it has become a Contribution.

End date

March 31, 2027

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC), an arm's length, not-for-profit organization, was established in March 2007 with a ten-year mandate to improve health and social outcomes for people and their families living with mental illness. Between 2007 and 2017, the Government of Canada invested $130 million in the MHCC through a grant, to develop a mental health strategy for Canada, conduct an anti-stigma campaign and create a knowledge exchange centre. In 2016, the MHCC's mandate was renewed for a 10-year period, from 2017-18 to 2026-27 to advance work on mental health priorities, including linkages to substance use, suicide prevention, support for at-risk populations and engagement. The Government of Canada has made a contribution of $14.25 million per year since 2017-18 for these mandated priority areas.

This initiative contributes to the improved mental health and well-being of Canadians, specifically in the areas of linkages to substance use, suicide prevention, support for at-risk populations, and engagement.

Results achieved

In 2020-21, the MHCC continued to provide valuable mental health expertise and advice to mental health stakeholders. Notable achievements:

Substance Use

To reduce stigma among first responders and improve service delivery to opioid users, the MHCC validated its Opening Minds Provider Attitudes Towards Opioid Use Scale, and used it to evaluate four stigma reduction programs across Canada.

Suicide Prevention

The MHCC continued expanding its Roots of Hope project, which is a community-based suicide prevention research demonstration project, which includes eight communities.

The MHCC also worked with the Canadian Journalism Forum on Violence and Trauma to update and publish the third edition of the Mindset guidelines to promote safe and responsible conversations about mental health and suicide in the media.

Population-Based Initiatives

People living with mental illness were over-represented in the criminal justice system, and the justice system was not well equipped to meet their needs. Through quarterly teleconferences of its established advisory committee, the MHCC worked to mobilize key stakeholders in the health and justice systems to spread best practices, promote evidence-based research, and improve collaboration in the delivery of mental health services for those involved with the law. The MHCC also developed a policy statements about the impacts of COVID-19 on people who are involved in the criminal justice system.

Engagement

Stepped Care 2.0 provided rapid, same day, flexible access to wellness and mental health resources. A stepped care model was a way to organize the delivery of health care so that patients receive the least intensive treatment with the greatest likelihood of improvement.

The MHCC also continued to engage with key stakeholders to improve the area of e-mental health. This included work with the Canadian Agency For Drugs And Technologies In Health around reports on Artificial Intelligence and mental health; partnering with the Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addiction on virtual care initiatives; and working with the Organization for the Review of Care and Health Apps, Royal Bank Canada, Capitalize for Kids, and other key stakeholders on App Evaluation. The MHCC also hosted three e-Mental Health Collaborative virtual meetings, with more than twenty members, to discuss topics such as virtual health care delivery, implementation and research.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The funding for the Mental Health Commission of Canada will be evaluated as part of three separate evaluations. The first two are scheduled for 2022-23 and the third is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with MHCC Program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the Recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 0
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 14,250,000 0
Explanation of variances

Not applicable.

Official Languages Health Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Official Languages Health Program

Start date

June 18, 2003

End date

March 31, 2022 (Grant)
Ongoing (Contribution)

Type of transfer payment

Grants and Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2018-19

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Official Languages Health Program (OLHP) has a total budget of $191.2 million over five years (2018-2023), and $38.46 million per year ongoing after 2023. The Program supports the federal government's commitment to maintain a strong and effective publicly funded health care system by ensuring that official language minority communities (OLMCs) have access to bilingual health services in the language of their choice. Through the implementation of contribution agreements and micro-grants, Health Canada supports investments that improve the active offer of health services for OLMCs, through training and retention of health care providers, networking activities and innovative projects that increase access to health services for OLMCs.

Results achieved

Program funding supported the training and retention of health professionals, health networking and innovative projects to improve access to health services for OLMCs. These activities increased access to bilingual health professionals in OLMCs, and to increase the offer of health services to OLMCs.

In 2020-21, under Action Plan for Official Languages 2018–2023: Investing in Our Future, Health Canada supported a range of programs and projects through the OLHP. The impacts of these initiatives included: increased availability of health service providers to meet the needs of OLMCs, enhanced mechanisms for providing effective health services for these communities, and improved understanding and measurement of health issues and challenges.

Through the OLHP, Health Canada continued to provide financial support to community organizations and training institutions (e.g., la Société Santé en français (SSF), l'Association des collèges et universités de la francophonie canadienne (ACUFC)-Consortium national de formation en santé (CNFS), McGill University, Community Health and Social Services Network (CHSSN)). These organizations implemented various initiatives to improve access to health services for OLMCs.

Training and retention of health professionals in OLMCs:

In 2020-21, the OLHP supported a range training and retention of health professionals initiatives to improve the availability of bilingual health providers and access to services in OLMCs. For example:

Strengthening and improving local health networking capacity in OLMCs:

In 2020-21, the OLHP continued to support initiatives to strengthen and increase networking activities to improve access to health services for English and French speaking minorities. A total of 39 community-based health networks (covering all provinces and territories) and 10 satellites, managed by both the SSF and CHSSN collaborated with various health sector stakeholders to improve access to health services for OLMCs and thus improve their health status. These efforts had a direct impact on the accessibility of health services for OLMCs across Canada. For example:

Projects to improve access to health services for OLMC:

In 2020-21, Health Canada funded innovative projects to improve the availability of bilingual health professionals to address the needs of OLMCs. For example:

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2022-23.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

In 2020-21, representatives of the Official Languages Community Development Bureau and departmental senior management attended annual general meetings and meetings of Boards of Directors of OLMC organizations, and were in frequent contact with recipients of the Program.

In addition, in 2020-21, the Federal Health Portfolio Consultative Committee for Canada's OLMCs met several times in order to: 1) renew its mandate and work plan, 2) create a working group on data and research for future priorities, 3) discuss possible collaborations between health, justice and public safety sectors on mental health issues and 4) allow the three federal institutions that are members of the Committee (Health Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada and the Canadian Institutes for Health Research) to consult community members on the future of programs that directly impact OLMCs.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 10,000 125,000 5,000 5,000 120,000
Total contributions 36,100,000 39,369,999 37,255,000 37,374,999 37,374,999 119,999
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 36,100,000 39,379,999 37,380,000 37,379 999 37,379,999 139,999
Explanation of variances

The Official Languages Health Program relaunch of its micro-grant call for proposals in 2020-2021 did not yield the expected results. Although funds were re-allocated to support new emerging priorities, not all funds were expended.

Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Organs, Tissues, and Blood ProgramFootnote 4

Start date

April 1, 2000

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2019-20

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program ("the Program") provides support for safe, effective, accessible and responsive organ, tissue and blood systems that will improve and extend the quality of the lives of Canadians while respecting federal, provincial, and territorial scopes of authority. Canadian Blood Services is the sole recipient of the Program funding.

Until 2020-21, these were two separate programs - Organ and Tissue Donation and Transplantation Program and Blood Research and Development Program which were funded through the Canadian Blood Services. However, in 2020-21, the 2 programs were combined under "Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program" to replace 2 separate programs and continued to be funded through the Canadian Blood Services.

Results achieved

The Program generated numerous knowledge products and learning events and played a role in public education, engagement and awareness. It also played a significant role in the development of highly qualified people through formal training in the important areas of basic and applied research. It developed collaborative arrangements, established partnerships, and identified areas of emerging interests and needs relating to organ, tissue and blood systems, in collaboration with the provinces and territories - to inform changes in practices and standards while contributing to greater safety, effectiveness, accessibility and responsiveness of the organ, tissue and blood systems to improve and extend the quality of life for Canadian patients.

Blood research and development

Canadian Blood Services generated numerous outputs related to knowledge products (e.g., journal articles, reviews), learning events, collaborative arrangements and the development of highly qualified researchers. For example, its research and education network published 205 peer-reviewed and 66 non peer-reviewed publications, an increase over the prior year. Network members delivered over 270 conference presentations to local, national and international audiences. The average h-index, a measure demonstrating the significance and impact of published work, was 31 for Canadian Blood Services research staff, over three times the average h-index (10.6) for Canadian academic science authors. Canadian Blood Services led or delivered in partnership with more than 20 education events for specialists in transfusion science and medicine and attracted 3,238 professionals. Various stakeholders used the knowledge generated by research and development projects to inform changes to practices and standards in blood.

With funding from the Program, Canadian Blood Services supported 18 research projects under two separate streams: Men who have Sex with Men (MSM) Blood Research and MSM Plasma Research. Of these 18 research projects, 11 are now completed while 7 were incomplete as of March 31, 2021, but are slated to end in spring 2022.There are 4 new publications arising from this research, with numerous others anticipated as project teams complete their data analysis. A multidisciplinary program team is drawing on the research evidence from this work in order for Canadian Blood Services to implement plasma donation behavioural-based screening criteria for MSM. Implementation of these screening criteria are set to begin in Calgary, AB and London, ON in Fall 2021.

As final results from the research projects are published and disseminated, they will also inform Canadian Blood Services' efforts to expand eligibility criteria for whole blood donation by MSM in Canada. For example, results from the previously funded "SAFE" study, have already informed the United Kingdom's proposed change to blood donor eligibility criteria, which was implemented in June 2021. While research results continue to be analyzed, Canadian Blood Services publicly indicated on June 18th, 2021, that it would make a submission to Health Canada regarding a change to gender-neutral, behavior-based donation screening by the end of 2021.

Organ and Tissue Donation and Transplantation

Canadian Blood Services works with partners and stakeholders to influence and improve system performance through the development and implementation of leading practices, professional and public education, engagement and awareness. They are a member of the Organ Donation and Transplantation Collaborative, and continue to support various projects focussed on the priorities identified by the Collaborative that advance transformative, system-level improvements in organ donation and transplantation by 2024.

In 2020-21, significant work was undertaken to support the organ and tissue donation and transplantation community in its response to the pandemic. Canadian Blood Services led national and international meetings, developed and updated national guidance documents and data dashboards, and collected and evaluated research and evidence to inform clinical practice. With the support of provincial organ donation organizations, processes were developed to collect and share national data relative to system performance in near real time.

To better engage and learn from patient and donor family partners, patient advocacy groups, and other stakeholders, Canadian Blood Services hosted its first 2 community forums that included patients, donor family members and representatives from major organ organizations.

Additionally, CBS partnered with Dr. Amy Waterman and her team at the Transplant Research and Education Centre to develop a Canadian version of the Living Donation Storytelling Project, a digital library of video stories recorded by real people focussed on living donor kidney transplant experiences. A Canadian version of My Transplant Coach | Explore Transplant - an interactive tool developed in the U.S. that helps kidney patients understand their condition and assists them in making healthcare decisions - was developed. Versions of the video's script were also developed in French, Cantonese and Punjabi.

Last, CBS worked with their partners and stakeholders to develop, operate, and evolve national programs to facilitate the sharing of organs across provincial boundaries using the Canadian Transplant Registry. Using this registry, CBS led the implementation of a project to develop and implement national policies and processes to share hearts for high-status and sensitized patients inter-provincially (and should be available in the summer of 2021). This project aims to improve equity of access for highly sensitized patients, who are people in critical need of an organ transplant, but are hard to match because of the antibodies in their systems.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2022-23.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with CBS Program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 10,816,500 11,698,500 8,580,000 10,046,381 10,046,381 1,466,381
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 10,816,500 11,698,500 8,580,000 10,046,381 10,046,381 1,466,381
Explanation of variances

The variance identified is attributed to the former "Contribution to Strengthen Canadians Organ and Tissue Donation and Transplantation System Program. Although the variance is small, the difference can be explained by an increase in staffing.

Pan-Canadian Virtual Care Priorities in Response to COVID-19

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Contributions for Canada's Home and Community Care and Mental Health and Addiction Services Initiative and Virtual Care Services

Start date

June 30, 2020

End date

March 31, 2022

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2020-21

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Government of Canada is working with provinces and territories to support the rapid roll out of virtual care and needed supports for health systems to undertake virtual care and provide health services at a distance. The Pan-Canadian Virtual Care Priorities in Response to COVID-19 provides $150 million to provinces and territories through bilateral agreements to support five priority areas for immediate action to further embedding virtual care services within Canadian health systems:

Through these agreements, P/Ts are accelerating their efforts on virtual care to better enable Canadians to engage safely with their regular health care providers via phone, text or video conference. These tools also enable patients to continue to access health services, including primary care, during this time of uncertainty.

Building on consensus on the five priorities for this investment, bilateral agreements between the federal government and eight P/Ts were established by the end of fiscal year 2020-21. As these agreements are completed, they are posted to Health Canada's website and include action plans that enable Canadians to see how targeted federal funding is helping P/Ts put in place digital supports to help Canadians get the information, resources and care they need. Initiatives are helping improve access to primary care, mental health services, and urgent care visits, as well as the communication between patients and health care providers.

Results achieved

To enable Canadians to assess progress, the Canadian Institute for Health Information will report the results of this work, based on jurisdiction-specific performance measures. P/Ts (except Quebec) agreed to provide the Canadian Institute for Health Information with available baseline data on the indicators and expected results identified within their action plan. Furthermore, P/Ts (except Quebec) have also agreed to provide specific indicators and data demonstrating the results of their initiatives, which will be made publically available.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Not applicable

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Not applicable

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

As part of these bilateral agreements, P/Ts agreed to collaborate to advance policy supports through a Federal, Provincial and Territorial (F/P/T) Virtual Care/Digital Table, with a mandate to work collaboratively to develop a proposed plan for accelerating the deployment of virtual care across Canada both during COVID and for the longer-term. The Table has provided a mechanism for ongoing collaboration and engagement, with the P/T as well as a broad range of experts and stakeholders to discuss substantive issues related to virtual care. The Table is supported by a Virtual Care Expert Working Group, with representation from F/P/T government officials, key experts, healthcare stakeholders and pan-Canadian health organizations, which has a mandate to provide advice and guidance on virtual care in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants Not applicable Not applicable 0 0 0 0
Total contributions Not applicable Not applicable 0 0 0 0
Total other types of transfer payments Not applicable Not applicable 150,000,000 150,000,000 97,151,330 52,848,670
Total program Not applicable Not applicable 150,000,000 150,000,000 97,151,330 52,848,670
Explanation of variances

As of March 31, 2021 agreements had been only been signed with 8 of 13 jurisdictions. The remaining funds were reprofiled to the next fiscal year in anticipation of the remaining agreements being finalized.

Strengthening Canada's Home and Community Care and Mental Health and Addiction Services Initiative

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Strengthening Canada's Home and Community Care and Mental Health and Addiction Services Initiative

Start date

November 9, 2017

End date

March 31, 2027

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2017-18

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Government of Canada has invested $11 billion over ten years (2017-2027) to support the provinces and territories in implementing home care ($6 billion) and mental health and addictions ($5 billion) initiatives in their jurisdictions, in accordance with the Common Statement of Principles for Shared Health Priorities which was jointly agreed to by federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) Ministers of Health (with the exception of Quebec) in August 2017. Governments agreed to common objectives in each of home and community care and mental health and addiction services, and in particular to improving access to mental health and addictions through one or more of the following areas of action:

Similarly, on home and community care, FPT governments agreed to work together to improve access to services through one or more of the following areas of action:

Governments also agreed to develop a focused set of common indicators to measure progress on these priority areas. The Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI) led a collaborative process which culminated in May 2018 when federal, provincial and territorial Ministers of Health endorsed a suite of 12 common indicators to be implemented over the coming years. CIHI will continue to work with governments across Canada to report annually on these indicators.

Following agreement on the Common Statement of Principles for Shared Health Priorities in 2017, the federal government negotiated and signed the first of two sequential bilateral agreements with all 13 provinces and territories which set out details of how each jurisdiction is using federal investments to improve access to home and community care and mental health and addiction services. The bilateral agreements with the provinces and territories will be renewed starting in 2021-22 for the remaining five years of the ten-year commitment.

Results achieved

In keeping with the bilateral agreements, federal funding was used to improve access to home and community care and mental health and addiction services. Action plans annexed to the bilateral agreements allow Canadians to see how the targeted federal funding would be invested in each province and territory.

Pursuant to a shared commitment to report on results under the 2017 Common Statement of Principles on Shared Health Priorities, in 2018 FPT Ministers of Health agreed to 12 common indicators to report on progress. Since then, provinces and territories are progressively reporting indicators, with new indicators released nationally each year.

Over time, these indicators will give Canadians more information about access to home and community care and to mental health and addictions services in their province or territory. In 2020, results for three new indictors were made available:

These investments to strengthen home and community care and access to mental health and addiction services are leading to better health outcomes and a more sustainable health care system, as care is shifted from expensive hospital care to home and community-based service delivery.

Canadians are beginning to see improvements in the availability and quality of services in their communities and at home. New investments:

PTs have been taking steps to improve access to mental health and addiction services. Many took an integrated approach to delivery of these services that recognizes the need to provide people-centred care that was coordinated across the health care system. Specifically, investments in these areas:

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2022-23.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada officials undertook numerous exchanges (meetings, phone calls, e-mails and knowledge transfer activities) with program staff and senior management to discuss Program progress. In addition, Health Canada continued to monitor the Recipient's compliance with the contribution agreement, performance and results through the analysis and follow-up of progress, performance and financial reporting.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total contributions 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total other types of transfer payments 849,119,329 1,099,745,825 1,250,000,000 1,250,000,000 1,249,840,516 159,484
Total program 849,119,329 1,099,745,825 1,250,000,000 1,250,000,000 1,249,840,516 159,484
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is due to the negotiated delay in the transfer of funds for the Canada-Nunavut Home and Community Care and Mental Health and Addiction Services Contribution Agreement.

Substance Use and Addictions Program Supplementary Information Table

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Substance Use and Addictions Program

Start date

December 4, 2014

End date

March 31, 2022 (Grant)
Ongoing (Contribution)

Type of transfer payment

Grants and Contributions

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2018-19

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP)Footnote 6 provides funding for a wide range of evidence-informed and innovative problematic substance use prevention, harm reduction and treatment initiatives across Canada at the community, regional and national levels. Initiatives target a range of substances, including opioids, stimulants, cannabis, alcohol, and tobacco and vaping products.

Projects funded by the SUAP contribute to individual capacity and organizational, system and community level program, policy and practice change by: preventing problematic substance use and reducing harms; facilitating treatment service and system enhancements; and, improving awareness, knowledge, skills and competencies of targeted stakeholders and Canadians.

Results achieved

In 2020-21, SUAP invested $80 million towards 198 problematic substance use projects across Canada. In response to the worsening opioid crisis and surge in opioid deaths, SUAP funded 63 new community-based projects responding to substance use issues, including those providing frontline services in a COVID-19 context.

Projects funded in 2020-21 focused on:

Controlled Drugs and Substances

One hundred and fifty-six projects addressed a variety of needs including improving access to harm reduction and treatment; naloxone training and distribution; identifying best practices for medication-assisted treatments; improving access to different types of treatment; identifying innovative models for opioid replacement therapy; and addressing problematic alcohol use. This includes 63 new projects funded in winter 2021 to expand the number and scope of short-term safer supply projects and initiatives providing national naloxone training and distribution. People with lived and living experience and those who work with them led many of the new projects.

SUAP also funded 15 pilot projects designed to provide medications as safer alternatives to the contaminated illegal drug supply in Canada ("safer supply" pilot projects) as well as 9 projects exploring new approaches to addressing problematic methamphetamine use. Additional funding supported the distribution of naloxone kits and opioid overdose response training to support communities particularly hard hit by the opioid overdose crisis.

Cannabis

Thirty-three projects were aimed at gathering evidence and providing Canadians, with a focus on youth and at risk groups, on the use of cannabis and its health effects. This included the development of guidance and tools for health professionals, the development and dissemination of culturally appropriate resources within Indigenous communities, and the development of resources targeting those Canadians on the potential health and safety risks associated with cannabis use.

Tobacco and Vaping Products

Nine projects were focused on prevention, protection and/or cessation of use of tobacco and vaping productsProjects informed Canadians about harms and risk of tobacco and vaping products, including projects designing cessation interventions for people who smoke as well as youth who vape, developing low-risk nicotine use guidelines, and addressing knowledge gaps.

Together these SUAP initiatives produced over 5,300 knowledge products (standards/guidelines, tools, toolkits, and reports), delivered almost 28,000 learning opportunities (training, presentations, and webinars) and reached approximately 10 million individuals. In addition, 72% of targeted stakeholders and Canadians indicated that they gained knowledge relevant to reducing the harms of substance use in Canada. These Canadians intend to use the new knowledge and skills to make positive changes to behaviour as well as improvements to substance use policies, programs and clinical practices.

Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addiction

SUAP continued to provide core funding to the Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addiction (CCSA) as well as funding for research on the impact of cannabis legalization and regulation. The CCSA works with a wide range of national and international partners to mobilize efforts, foster knowledge exchange and develop evidence-informed actions related to high-risk substances.

In 2020-21, CCSA delivered 27 core initiatives focused on educating the public on the harms of opioids, alcohol, cannabis and other problematic substances, updating jurisdictional based costs and harms of substance use in Canada. These initiatives also advanced national collaboration and knowledge sharing in the problematic substance use field through various engagement activities and responded to the urgent knowledge needs of COVID-19 and its corresponding impact on substance use and addictions.

Overall, CCSA created 149 knowledge and communication products and delivered more than 130 events and presentations. Their social media knowledge dissemination activities had over 4 million impressions, which generated increased national and international interests relative to previous years.

In support of Health Canada's efforts to develop relevant information regarding COVID-19, CCSA developed 24 new resources on COVID-19 and substance use, and provided access to approximately 300 resources from more than 125 organizations in 2020. Canadians accessed the COVID resource section on the CCSA website over 72,000 times and downloaded CCSA resources approximately 54,000 times. To promote these COVID-19 resources, CCSA launched a new COVID-19 webinar series in June 2020, which attracted over 1,400 participants and garnered a 90 percent overall participant satisfaction rating. Other topics that generated the highest interest included alcohol, stigma, opioids and substance use costs and harms related knowledge products with approximately 40,000 downloads in 2020-21.

With the additional cannabis research funding of $2.3 million, CCSA incorporated projects focusing on the impacts of COVID-19 on cannabis legalization and regulation and consumption within the context of the COVID-19 pandemic.
In 2020-21, CCSA provided funding to 29 cannabis research initiatives:

Through these projects, CCSA developed 9 COVID-19 knowledge products, updated 5 Cannabis research products, and delivered over 10 workshops, presentations and webinars in 2020-21.

Mental Health Commission of Canada

SUAP provided $3.3 million in funding to the Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC) to inform and advance research, build the evidence base, and mobilize knowledge on the impacts of cannabis use on the mental health of Canadians.

In 2020-21, the MHCC delivered 6 webinars, virtual workshops, and knowledge exchange events. The MHCC also funded 22 one-year catalyst grants to generate new evidence around cannabis and mental health, which included 18 projects in partnership with the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Veteran Affairs Canada, the Canadian Consortium for the Early Prevention in Psychosis, and the Schizophrenia Society of Canada Foundation. The MHCC also funded four multi-year team-based research projects in alignment with the Canadian Institutes of Health Research's Integrated Cannabis Research Strategy. These research projects will address key gaps regarding cannabis use and mental health, potential harms and benefits of cannabis, the impact of social determinants of health as well as the needs of diverse populations experiencing cannabis use disorder and/or mental illness. Lastly, the MHCC funded 14 community-based research projects, of which six were Indigenous-led, that explore cannabis use and mental health.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: No planned audits.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2022-23.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

SUAP applicants and recipients include not-for-profit organizations, provinces and territories, municipalities, indigenous organizations, people with lived and living experience of substance use, universities, and many other groups. These groups are engaged through various methods, including stakeholder outreach, solicitation processes, project development discussions, and performance reporting and monitoring tools, processes and activities. The Program also supports knowledge translation and exchange opportunities between projects, Health Canada and other partners and stakeholders.

SUAP engaged applicants for funding in 2020-21 and worked closely with successful organizations to shape their initiatives, monitor contribution agreements and obtain required performance measurement and evaluation reports. Of note, the program is exploring the development of theme-based Communities of Practice with partners within and external to the federal government.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 200,000 200,000 0 0 200,000
Total contributions 26,938,461 51,481,773 81,742,779 79,883,089 74,569,386 7,173,393
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 26,938,461 51,681,773 81,942,779 79,883,089 74,569,386 7,373,393
Explanation of variances

The variance in grant funding is due to the fact that SUAP did not issue a Call for Proposal for microgrants in 2020-21 due to the pandemic and the inherent challenges faced by funding recipients to carry out public education activities within that context.

The variance between actual and planned spending of contributions is due to projects that were not undertaken or delayed in 2020-21 due to the impacts of Covid-19 (e.g. additional time and resources required to shift from in-person to online activities) as well as a transfer of funds to Indigenous Services Canada.

Territorial Health Investment Fund

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Territorial Health Investment Fund

Start date

April 1, 2014

End date

March 31, 2023

Type of transfer payment

Grant

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2017-18 (extended in 2021-22)

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

Building on an initial investment of $70 million in contribution funding (2014-15 to 2017-18), the Territorial Health Investment Fund (THIF) was renewed as a grant program in 2017-18 with an additional $108 million over four years (2017-18 to 2020-21) and extended in 2021-22 with an additional $54 million over two years (2021-22 and 2022-23) which represents current funding levels for each territory. To date, $81 million has been allocated to Nunavut, $42.6 million to Northwest Territories and $38.4 million to Yukon. This funding will enable each territory to continue pursuing innovative activities in support of strong, sustainable health systems and to offset costs associated with medical travel to support Northerners' access to the health care they need.

Results achieved

The THIF supported territorial efforts to innovate and transform their health care systems and helped offset costs associated with medical travel. The expected results for Northerners are: improved access to health care services; health care needs being met; and improved health status.

Funding provided through the THIF in 2020-21 continued to offset the medical transportation costs experienced by territorial governments and supported the development and implementation of innovative activities intended to transform territorial health systems. For instance, in 2020-21:

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada worked with territorial governments to establish four-year work plans for use of the grant funding and to secure grant agreements. In 2021-22, territorial governments will be required to develop two-year work plans to account for the work to be undertaken under the extended THIF. Health Canada received annual updates on planned activities from the territorial governments (including through a Federal/Territorial Assistant Deputy Minister Working Group, which is intended to facilitate learning and information sharing across governments). Health Canada will work with territorial governments throughout the life of the agreements to monitor progress and compliance under the grant agreements.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 0
Total contributions 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 27,000,000 0
Explanation of variances

Not applicable.

Transfer Payment Programs under $5 Million

Climate Change and Health Adaptation Capacity Building Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Climate Change and Health Adaptation Capacity Building Program

Start date

April 1, 2018

End date

2020-21 (Grant)

2021-22 (Contribution)

Type of transfer payment

Grant and Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2017-18

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The purpose of the Climate Change and Health Adaptation Capacity Building Program is to protect and improve the health of Canadians in a changing climate through better understanding of risks and effective adaptation measures, and by building needed capacity to implement them.

Results achieved

The Climate Change and Health Adaptation Capacity Building Program (HealthADAPT) funds projects to help health system actors (including provincial, territorial and regional health stakeholders) to prepare, prevent, and respond to impacts of climate change.

As of March 31, 2021, 80% (8 of 10) of HealthADAPT climate change adaptation projects are on track for completion.

These projects involve ten health authorities across five provinces and territories (British Columbia, Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and the Northwest Territories).

Some projects and activities were delayed due to the impacts of COVID-19 on business operations. The focus for the current year is to finish vulnerability assessments and develop adaptation plans. Funding recipients regularly report on their projects and should they not meet their planned completion dates, the HealthADAPT program team works with funding recipients to adjust project goals and/or (if possible) the time frame for completion.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2025-26.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

This program supports health authorities (including provincial/territorial ministries of health; province-wide, regional and local health authorities; and public health units) to deliver projects that will help prepare for and respond to the impacts of climate change. These HealthADAPT projects help facilitate climate change adaptation across Canada, with the aim of building climate resilience and protecting human health.

With support from Health Canada, funding recipients are on track to complete their climate change and vulnerability assessments, to inform adaptation plans by March 2022.

The Department regularly engaged with the 10 funding recipients through email, monthly meetings, and bilateral meetings. Health Canada also reviewed and provided feedback on project drafts, annual work plans and progress reports.

The HealthADAPT team regularly met with funding recipients to provide guidance and support with projects and to facilitate knowledge exchange among funding recipients who provide peer support. The team provided resources, guidance and materials to funding recipients, such as reference lists for projecting the burden of illness and health economics. For example, during the year-end meeting for 2020-21, Health Canada provided funding recipients with expert guidance on health systems resilience and climate change and health communication.

The Department hosted a webinar on climate change, health, and homelessness with leading researchers in the field, and a webinar on health equity and climate change to support funding recipients with monitoring and evaluating the disproportionate risks of climate change on populations experiencing health inequities. Moreover, the HealthADAPT team posted information on climate and health related training, webinars, and materials to the working group website on a weekly basis.

Health Canada held its third annual year-end meeting with national and international speakers on key climate change and health related topics on February 23 and 24, 2021. Officials from the 10 funded health authorities across Canada at local, provincial, and territorial level participated. Special guests from the World Health Organization, Pan American Health Organization, and the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention attended. The virtual meeting included a wide range of expert presentations and plenary discussions to help support health partners in their efforts to assess climate change and health vulnerabilities in their respective jurisdictions and identify effective adaptation and resilience strategies.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 78,000 0 0 78,000
Total contributions 170,385 1,101,046 1,422,000 1,736,227 1,736,227 314,227
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total program 170,385 1,101,046 1,500,000 1,736,227 1,736,227 236,227
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is mainly due to additional funding received in-year from Natural Resources Canada and an internal relocation to deliver on key priorities.

Innovative Solutions Canada

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Innovative Solutions Canada

Start date

August 23, 2019

End date

March 31, 2023

Type of transfer payment

Grant

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2019-20

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

Innovative Solutions Canada is a horizontal Government of Canada initiative, coordinated by Innovation Science and Economic Development Canada, in which participating departments and agencies can issue challenges to Canadian businesses to develop solutions for operational or sector-specific issues and fund the early stage research and development of these innovations. Health Canada's participation will enable innovators to generate novel solutions to help Canadians maintain and improve their health.

Results achieved

Health Canada's participation contributed to the short, medium and long-term results and outcomes of the Innovative Solutions Canada program, including funding R&D and testing prototypes of novel solutions to challenging issues facing Canada. Implementation of the ISC program within Health Canada focused on maintaining and improving the health of Canadians.

Health Canada funded 3 Phase I challenges, addressing the oversubscription of antibiotics, supporting better transplant outcomes, and identifying Microbial Mixtures. Health Canada is currently evaluating the proof-of-concept solutions developed for the first phase of the challenge, with those deemed successful being invited to apply for funding for a second phase focused on prototype development.

The Department also partnered with National Research Council, and Environment and Climate Change Canada on two challenges to develop environmentally safer, compostable PPE.

Last, Health Canada also sponsored the testing of three projects within the Canadian health system under the Innovations Solutions Canada Testing Stream. Respectively, these were aimed at developing environmentally safer, compostable face pieces to replace surgical masks, improving communication mental health care settings for enhanced patient care, and improving triage capacity in hospital emergency departments through AI-enabled digital solutions for improved efficiency and care.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The timing for next evaluation will be determined during the update for the 2022-23 to 2026-27 Departmental Evaluation Plan.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Health Canada engaged with companies who were successful in the 2019-20 challenges to support their work in implementing the first phase of their challenge

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada, however leads the engagement with applicants and recipients of funding for Phase I and Phase II as part of the application process under Innovative Solutions Canada.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants N/A 1,150,930 1,400,000 1,400,000 0 1,400,000
Total contributions N/A 0 0 0 0 0
Total other types of transfer payments N/A 0 0 0 0 0
Total program N/A 1,150,930 1,400,000 1,400,000 0 1,400,000
Explanation of variances

As COVID-19 pandemic delayed Health Canada's implementation of this program in FY 2020-21 as well as companies' ability to conduct planned work, the completion of the projects was delayed until spring 2021. The department is seeking a reprofile of the annual allocation, and is poised to move forward with Phase I and/or Phase II projects this year.

Radon Outreach Contribution Program

General information
Name of transfer payment program

Radon Outreach Contribution

Start date

April 1, 2018

End date

Ongoing

Type of transfer payment

Contribution

Type of appropriation

Estimates

Fiscal year for terms and conditions

2018-19

Link to departmental result(s)
Link to the department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objectives of transfer payment program

The purpose of this program is to protect and improve human health and well-being in Canada from the impacts of indoor radon exposure, by aiding in the education of Canadians about the importance of testing their homes, schools and workplaces for radon and reducing the radon levels where necessary.

Results achieved

Health Canada continued to increase awareness on the risks, health impacts and mitigation strategies related to radon gas - the leading cause of lung cancer for non-smokers.

Since the establishment of the Radon Outreach Contribution Program in 2018, 17 proposals have been funded. The funded projects are focused on innovative ways of motivating action and behaviour change to reduce radon exposure, particularly in populations that have been identified as at-risk, such as those in areas with high radon, smokers, residents of social housing, First Nation communities, schools, childcare facilities, young families, and lung cancer patients.

Measures/Indicators:

Indictor 1: The 2019 Households and the Environment Survey showed that 63% of Canadians surveyed are knowledgeable about radon. Note: these are the most recent available results. This survey is conducted every two years; results from the 2021 survey will be available in 2023.

Indicator 2: The 2019 Households and the Environment Survey showed that 6% of Canadian homeowners surveyed had tested their homes for radon. Note: these are the most recent available results. This survey is conducted every two years; results from the 2021 survey will be available in 2023.

Findings of audits completed in 2020-21

Completed: No audit was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: Not applicable.

Findings of evaluations completed in 2020–21

Completed: No evaluation was completed in 2020-21.

Planned: The next evaluation is scheduled for 2023-24.

Engagement of applicants and recipients in 2020–21

Engagement activities were completed as planned. A total of 14 active multi-year contribution agreements were in place in 2020-21. The recipients of these agreements included: provincial and municipal government organizations, non-governmental organizations, regional health authorities, and academic institutions. Each agreement incorporated mechanisms to measure reach and impact to ensure return on investment, as well as challenges and successes that can be incorporated into future efforts.

Financial information (dollars)
Type of transfer payment 2018–19 Actual spending 2019–20 Actual
spending
2020-21 Planned
spending
2020–21 Total
authorities available for use
2020–21 Actual
spending (authorities used)
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
Total grants 0 0 0 0 0 N/A
Total contributions 99,753 199,443 250,000 237,477 237,477 12,523
Total other types of transfer payments 0 0 0 0 0 N/A
Total program 99,753 199,443 250,000 237,477 237,477 12,523
Explanation of variances

The variance between actual and planned spending is mainly due to a shift in recipient needs as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Gender-based analysis plus

Section 1: Institutional GBA Plus Capacity

In 2020-21, Health Canada continued to build on the Sex and Gender Action Plan, launched in 2017, while preparing for its next phase. The Action Plan strengthened the Department's foundation of integrating SGBA PlusFootnote 7 considerations into its work and ensured its responses to the COVID-19 pandemic took into account key intersecting sex, gender and diversity barriers.

The Action Plan: i) provides a framework that strengthens the systematic integration of sex, gender and other intersectional factors (such as age and language) in departmental work and decision-making; and ii) supports the Government of Canada's priorities on diversity and inclusion as well as the advancement of gender equality.

Priorities of the Action Plan are to:

These priorities will remain as the Department moves into the next phase of its Action Plan, with increased considerations of diversity factors beyond sex and gender (e.g., age, race, socioeconomic status, etc.), enhanced provision of collaborative tools, resources and training, and greater accountability for the systematic integration of SGBA Plus into all areas of Health Canada's work.

Key 2020-21 initiatives in support of SGBA Plus integration include:

Health Canada's centre of expertise on SGBA Plus –The Gender and Health Unit (GHU) provided expert guidance to support the integration of SGBA Plus considerations in the Department's COVID-19 pandemic response, along with ongoing efforts to assist programs in systematically integrating SGBA Plus into departmental work through the following activities:

Health Canada's response to COVID-19 – In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Health Canada incorporated SGBA Plus into its decision-making process and initiatives. For example, GHU developed and maintained an evergreen SGBA Plus and COVID-19 guidance document, conducted weekly COVID-19 SGBA Plus environmental scans to monitor trends, and researched and analysed the disproportionate impact of the pandemic on at-risk groups. The GHU also supported the integration of GBA Plus considerations across key emergence files such as long-term care, palliative care, virtual care, mental health, health human resources, and access to affordable medication. In addition, the GHU developed a COVID-19 resource table on the Health Portfolio SGBA Plus GCpedia page for rapid access to COVID-19 impacts on communities in conditions of vulnerability such as women and LGBTQ2S+ community members. These tools helped guide the development of comprehensive COVID-19 policy and program responses that would address the range of needs and inequities faced by at-risk populations.

Throughout COVID-19 vaccine development, Health Canada asked sponsors to be inclusive in their vaccine trial recruitment strategies to ensure that COVID-19 safety and efficacy data would be produced for diverse populations (e.g., sex, age, race/ethnicity, comorbidities, etc.).

Health Canada incorporated SGBA Plus in the early development of its COVID-19 response measures, including expanding and improving access to mental wellness services and helping at-risk Canadians, to ensure these initiatives were responsive and inclusive of the needs of diverse Canadians. For example, SGBA Plus was applied when developing the measures announced as part of the 2020 Fall Economic Statement to help the provinces and territories protect residents of long-term care and other supportive care facilities.

Health products for women – The Department leveraged its Scientific Advisory Committee on Health Products for Women to obtain patient-centered, scientific, technical, medical and clinical advice on current and emerging issues regarding women's health and the regulation of medical devices and drugs.

The Committee advised on current and emerging issues regarding women's health and the regulation of medical devices and drugs, such as: patients' experiences with mesh implants, identifying the need for more user-friendly reporting forms and for strengthened transparency initiatives; and SGBA Plus considerations in the testing and authorization of COVID-19 vaccines and national roll-out recommendations in collaboration with the National Advisory Committee on Immunization to identify priority high risk groups for the vaccine roll-out.

Additionally, the Medical Devices Directorate in the Health Products and Food branch created a new full-time SGBA Plus position to facilitate the implementation of SGBA Plus considerations in regulatory decision-making and to lead and support internal projects and training initiatives.

Healthy eating policies – In 2020, Health Canada established the Nutrition Science Advisory Committee. This group of external expert advisors provide the Department with timely, independent scientific and technical advice on nutrition. The Committee's input will ensure that Health Canada is benefiting from the best available evidence in fulfilling its mandate of supporting the nutritional health of Canadians, particularly populations at increased risk, with particular attention to how language, culture, ethnic identity and gender contribute to health inequalities.

Supporting sex, gender and diversity policies for informal caregivers – In 2018-19, Health Canada helped to develop a framework that addressed sex, gender and diversity considerations for digital technology to support informal caregivers. In 2020-21, the Department disseminated this tool to stakeholders. It will continue to use the project tools and findings to inform the development of sex, gender and diversity sensitive policies.

For more information on SGBA Plus, please refer to the 2020-21 Departmental Results Report.

Section 2: Gender and Diversity Impacts, by Program

The data presented in the tables below reflect GBA Plus indicators from 2020-21 (or the earliest available) as monitored through Health Canada program Performance Information Profiles as well as external sources (e.g., contribution agreement recipients, the Canadian Institute for Health Information, Statistics Canada, etc.). The Department is committed to evidence-based decision-making, through the implementation of GBA Plus, and to continuous improvement of its indicators and outputs to ensure programs meet the needs of all Canadians.

Subject to program scope and data availability, the Distribution of Benefits section presents the aggregated (total) impact of each Program's activity streams on gender, age and/or income groups.

The Key Impacts sections present quantitative and qualitative information on SGBA plus Program impacts by sex, gender and/or other diversity factors.

The GBA Plus Data Collection Plan section highlights how the program plans to collect and use new or additional sources of GBA Plus data for future analysis.

Definitions

Target Population: See Finance Canada definition of Target Group in the following document: User Instructions for the GBA Plus Departmental Summary - Budget 2020 - Canada.ca

Gender Scale:

Income Level Scale:

Age Group Scale:

Gender Results Framework Pillars: see definitions at the following page: Gender Results Framework - Women and Gender Equality Canada)

Quality of Life Domains: See definitions in Annex-5-eng.pdf (budget.canada.ca)

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy

Health Canada works in close collaboration with the provinces and territories, health professionals, pan-Canadian organizations and other key stakeholders to undertake health care systems analysis and policy development along with providing funding support towards current and future health care systems challenges. Health care systems analysis and policy activities address issues related to broader health care systems renewal, such as the implementation of the Common Statement of Principles on Shared Health Priorities (CSoP), bilateral agreements with provinces and territories, health care financing, governance and accountability, and the roles and interface of the public and private sectors. The work undertaken via the bilateral agreements with provinces and territories, the Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI) led process on common shared health priority indicators, the Health Care Policy Strategies Program (HCPSP), and Healthcare Excellence CanadaFootnote 8 (HEC) generates valuable insights that supports the Department's analysis and policy on the health care system.

Infographic for Health Care Systems Analysis and Policy

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

The distribution of benefits reflects an aggregated assessment of broad impacts based on the work of each of the contributors. Within each of the contributing program streams, there are particular areas of focus that provide benefits to specific populations as outlined below under "Key Impacts: Other".

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Gender distribution of healthcare leaders who reported knowledge acquisition in quality improvement because of participating in Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement (CFHI) programming

Number of males: 317/364
Number of females: 51/57

Not known/not disclosed: 113/132
CFHI 2020-21 annual report (PDF: 881 kb) Gender results may not tally to total result since not all respondents provided responses to the gender element.

Key Impacts: Other

Healthcare Excellence Canada:

Some of HEC's work has focused in the areas of frailty care and long term care, which, based on Canadian demographics, these initiatives would have the potential to impact senior women. For example,

  • The "LTC+" program shared and spread promising practices to strengthen pandemic preparedness/response in long-term care and retirement homes across Canada.
  • Through the "Advancing Frailty Care in the Community Collaborative", participating teams implemented innovations to improve the identification, assessment and management of frailty in primary care and home care settings.

CSoP and Home and Community CareFootnote 9 and Mental HealthFootnote 10 and Addiction Services Bilateral Agreements:

The federal government has taken leadership in engaging with provinces and territories to address key health care priorities by providing funding through bilateral agreements. These agreements set out details of how each jurisdiction is investing to improve access to home and community care and mental health and addiction services, which includes initiatives that support the integration of sex, gender and diversity in their programs. CIHI has worked closely with federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) governments to develop a set of common indicators. In June 2018, the FPT health ministers (except Quebec) approved 12 indicators in these priority areas, and 8 indicators are now available in CIHI's Your Health System. These data are disaggregated by sex and/or gender and/or age as appropriate.

Provinces are putting in place initiatives assisting women and LGBTQ2S+ and diverse communities in Canada using federal funding under the Home and Community Care and Mental Health and Addictions Services bilateral agreements. For example:

  • British Columbia is increasing access to community-based mother-baby care services for pregnant persons who use substances.
  • Alberta is increasing housing and home-based supports to assist recovery for people with addiction and mental health needs, including the addition of housing supports for chronically homeless in the North Zone and women in the sex trade in the Edmonton Zone.
  • Manitoba is implementing a pregnancy and infant loss program improving support to assist women and families experiencing post-partum depression. British Columbia's primary care intervention for children and youth will provide mental health and addiction prevention services in school-based settings, recognizing diversity, including Indigenous, LGBTQ2S+, immigrant, refugee, and newcomer student communities.
  • Ontario is enhancing their community-based core mental health and addictions services by expanding programs for priority populations, including new Canadians, French-speaking, and LGBTQ2S+. Ontario is also implementing new province-wide Eating Disorders Early Intervention Program to address body image, disordered eating and early-stage eating disorders. A Canadian study found that lesbian, gay, and bisexual youth are significantly more likely to engage in disordered eating than their heterosexual peers.

Health Care Policy Strategies Program:

A number of projects funded by the HCPSP in 2020-21 focused on the needs of particular target groups, specifically seniors, youth, linguistic and/or ethnic and cultural minorities, LGBTQ2S+ communities, and/or people living in rural/remote areas. Additionally, one project specifically targeted women in the field of vascular health research, and two projects included an Indigenous-specific component to ensure cultural relevancy of the project outputs and outcomes. Examples include:

  • A project implemented by the Cree Board of Health and Social Services of James Bay focused on developing the evidence-base for understanding the socio-cultural/linguistic dimensions of palliative care and end-of-life (EOL) decisions for Cree living in Eeyou Istchee in order to adapt palliative care services to the context of Eeyou/Eenou beliefs and practices.
  • The Institute for Health System Transformation and Sustainability's project "Preparing Patients and Families from Culturally Diverse Backgrounds for Enhanced Access to Palliative Care through advance care planning Engagement" focused on developing culturally appropriate and linguistically acceptable tools and resources to facilitate moreinformed palliative and EOL decisions amongst Chinese and South Asian populations in British Columbia.
  • Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada's Project "Advancing Women's Heart Health" supported targeted research on the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of heart disease and stroke in women, promoted collaboration between research institutions across the country, and invested in female and Indigenous researchers to build a pool of high calibre Canadian scientists engaged in research focused on women's vascular health. The Foundation has incorporated SGBA Plus into its research program and prioritized SGBA Plus as part of its larger research strategy.
  • The Association of Faculties of Medicine of Canada Project established a National Consortium on Indigenous Medical Education to provide leadership, develop educational resources, and implement Indigenous-led activities that reform physician education and advance culturally safe health care delivery. The creation of the Consortium will allow for a better understanding of the culturally-sensitive issues faced by Indigenous communities, and an improved medical education environment, with the goal of fostering access to appropriate and effective healthcare services for Indigenous peoples.
  • A project implemented by Alberta Health Services aimed to enhance integrated health care geared to seniors in Alberta to better support people with chronic health issues and their caregivers, with a strong focus on LGBTQ2S+ communities. The project provides LGBTQ2S+ sensitivity training for all participating project staff as part of the coalition action planning and implementation activities to ensure that the needs of LGBTQ2S+ community members are taken into account.
  • A project implemented by the International Centre for Dignity and Palliative Care Inc. (otherwise known as Canadian Virtual Hospice) expanded the existing base of virtual services and resources in palliative care and grief support to meet the needs of underserved communities, including Francophones across Canada, the LGBTQ2S+ community, and families caring for a dying child.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Healthcare Excellence Canada:

HEC is undertaking the development of a new performance measurement framework to align with its newly released strategy for 2021-2026. HEC is responsible for the design and delivery of GBA Plus data collection plans and will work to align these plans with performance reporting obligations. As per the contribution agreement with HEC, the organization will:

  • Continue to collect and report on indicators disaggregated by sex and/or gender
  • Consider whether and how sex, gender and diversity factors will be included in the development of its work plan
  • Look for ways to go beyond data collection to analysis that may support higher quality, safer care, and better outcomes for diverse populations.

CSoP and Bilateral Agreements:

CIHI publishes data on the shared health priorities annually through Your Health System. The next data release, including new gender-disaggregated data on hospital stays and self-harm, should be available in spring/summer 2022.

Health Care Policy Strategies Program:

The HCPSP's existing performance measurement framework allows for disaggregation of some project performance data by gender, official language use and geographic reach (e.g., gender of the participants in the learning events and the target audience for the new knowledge products). Funding recipients are also encouraged to include SGBA Plus considerations in the development of project proposals, funding applications, as well as project design and implementation.

As of 2020-21, the HCPSP conducts annual case studies on select projects in order to gather additional qualitative evidence on the impacts of funded projects as well as best practices and lessons learned. Two of the case studies planned for 2021-22 will focus on projects that targeted women and cultural and linguistic minorities, and will illustrate some of the ways in which HCPSP projects support diversity and inclusion in the health care sector.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 2: Access, Affordability, & Appropriate Use of Drugs & Medical Devices

This program supports the federal government's interest in achieving an accessible, high quality, sustainable and accountable health system that is adaptable to the needs of Canadians by advancing the accessibility, affordability and appropriate use of drugs and medical devices.

Infographic for Access, Affordability, and Appropriate Use of Drugs and Medical Devices

1In 2020-21, the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement completed its amalgamation with the Canadian Patient Safety Institute, and formed Healthcare Excellence Canada. Going forward, reporting will fall under a single program to reflect the amalgamation.

Target Population: All Canadians

Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Cost related non-adherence (CRNA) to prescription by sex Females have experienced higher rates of CRNA than males (6.5% female vs. 4.5% male)

Canadian Community Health Survey (2015/2016)

Law et al. 2018

N/A
Cost related non-adherence to prescription by income

Lower household income is associated with higher rates of CRNA:

  • ≤$20k: 11.14%
  • $20,000-39,999: 9.44%
  • $40,000-59,999: 7.03%
  • $60,000-79,999: 5.56%
  • >$80,000: 4.81%

Canadian Community Health Survey (2015/2016)

Law et al. 2018

N/A
Cost related non-adherence to prescription by age

The >65 age group had the lowest rates of CRNA (4.19%). The 35-44 age group had the highest rates of CRNA (7.65%).

  • 12 to 34: 5.84%
  • 35 to 44: 7.65%
  • 45 to 65: 5.30%
  • >65: 4.19%

Canadian Community Health Survey (2015/2016)

Law et al. 2018

The >65 age group consistently had the lowest rates of CRNA over time, likely due to specialized drug coverage programs provided to this age group.

Key Impacts: Other

Generally, there is limited clinical and administrative drug data that is disaggregated by SGBA Plus factors. Data gaps are particularly present for visible minority groups and, in many studies, researchers are not able to disaggregate by race or income status. The limited data available indicate that Canada's current pharmaceutical management system disproportionality impacts women, seniors, Indigenous peoples and visible minorities, who experience higher rates of CRNA (not taking medications due to cost) along with other health and social barriers based on biological sex, gender, age, or ethnicity.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

An SGBA Plus perspective is regularly applied as part of policy and program decisions to improve access, affordability and appropriate use of drug and medical devices. The federal government engages provinces, territories, and other health system partners to support the effective management of drugs and medical devices. As such, the program relies on data collected and reported by data owners external to the health portfolio resulting in varying incorporation of SGBA Plus considerations. While there are a number of data gaps, various health-data initiatives are underway that will seek to improve the collection of disaggregated pharmaceuticals data with an emphasis on at-risk populations where possible. For example, updated disaggregated data on CRNA, among other pharmaceutical indicators, are expected to be available from Statistics Canada in 2023.

Health Canada will continue to work with recipients that receive federal funding through this program (i.e., Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technology in Health) to improve how SGBA Plus is incorporated into their data collection plans, including designing impactful SGBA Plus indicators for performance measurement and reporting. This aligns with Health Canada's Office of Grants and Contributions' desire to impress a shared value of SGBA Plus amongst Health Canada funded projects and pan-Canadian Health Organizations.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 3: Home, Community & Palliative Care

The Government of Canada is committed to supporting provinces and territories to enhance access to quality home, community and palliative care services for Canadians by spreading and scaling integrated models of care; enhancing access to palliative care; increasing support for caregivers; and enhancing home care infrastructure.

Infographic for Home, Community and Palliative Care

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A Somewhat benefits low income individuals (Somewhat progressive) N/A N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A N/A Primarily benefits seniors or the baby boom generation Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Gender distribution of Canadians (age 18+) who have expressed an unmet need for home care services A larger proportion of females (2.1%) than males (1.1%) have unmet home care needs in Canada Statistics Canada 2015/2016 Canadian Community Health Survey N/A
Number of days Canadians waited for home care services, from the initial referral to the day when the first home care service was received by sex

Females were more likely to be referred for home care services than males, with half of females waiting 4 days or longer, compared with 3 days or longer for males.

Canadian Institute for Health Information (2021) (PDF: 1,748 kb) N/A
Gender distribution of new long-term care residents who potentially could have been cared for at home

In 2018–2019, of all new long-term care residents who potentially could have been cared for at home, about 63% were women and 37% were men.

Canadian Institute for Health Information (2020) (PDF: 2,421 kb)

The age and sex profiles of these residents were not significantly different from those of other newly admitted long-term care residents

.
Gender distribution of caregivers reporting distress

One-third (33%) of senior caregivers reported that their caregiving responsibilities were stressful or very stressful. Among senior caregivers, women reported higher levels of stress than men (39% versus 26%).

Statistics Canada 2018 General Social Survey (Caregiving and Care Receiving)

N/A

Key Impacts: Other

According to the Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI), 63% of assessed home care clients in 2019-2020 were women, and 37% were men. More than 86% of assessed home care clients were aged 65 years and older. (Profile of Clients in Home Care, 2019–2020. Ottawa, ON: CIHI; 2021.).

The unmet needs of caregivers are as follows:

  • In 2018, about one-third of caregivers who received support said that there was another kind of support that they would have liked to receive in the past year.
  • Female caregivers were more likely to report unmet needs (32%) than male caregivers (28%).
  • A higher proportion of caregivers between the ages of 35 and 64 reported having unmet caregiving support needs (34%) than young caregivers aged 34 and younger (25%) and senior caregivers aged 65 and older (28%). Caregivers born outside Canada were also more likely to report unmet needs.
  • Unmet caregiving support needs are associated with lower life satisfaction, more daily stress and worse self-reported mental health.

The Home, Community and Palliative Care Program also supported specific policy and research projects in the area of home care and palliative care through the Health Care Policy and Strategies ProgramFootnote 11. Program recipients are required to provide a gender breakdown of their target populations as part of their annual performance reports.

Supplementary Information Sources:

2018 General Social Survey: Caregiving and Care Receiving

Home and community care indicators available through the CIHI led process on shared health priorities: Your Health System | CIHI

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Through the CIHI led process on shared health priorities, common indicators for home and community care will be updated and released annually through Your Health System | CIHI and will be disaggregated by gender and/or age as appropriateFootnote 12. Over time, these indicators will tell a clearer story about access to care across the country, identify where there are gaps in services and help to make meaningful changes in order to improve the experiences of Canadian patients and their families.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 4: Mental Health

The Government of Canada is committed to improving the health care systems by enhancing access to quality mental health services for Canadians by expanding access to community-based services for children and youth; spreading evidence-based models of community mental health care and culturally-appropriate interventions; and expanding availability of integrated community-based services for people with complex health needs.

Infographic for Mental Health

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A Somewhat benefits low income individuals (Somewhat progressive) N/A N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Sex distribution of Canadians (aged 15 and over) with a self-reported chronic mood or anxiety disorder, who reported feeling that their needs were unmet or only partially met

Female: 25.07%

Male: 24.15%

Statistics Canada (2020) N/A
Sex distribution of Canadians (aged 12 and over) who reported perceiving their own mental health status as being excellent or very good (September to December 2020)

Female: 59.9%*

Male: 68.1%

Statistics Canada, Self-perceived mental health and mental health care needs during the COVID-19 pandemic *2020 estimate significantly different from October to December 2019 (p-value < 0.05)
Age distribution of Canadians (aged 12 and over) who reported perceiving their own mental health status as being excellent or very good (September to December 2020)
  • Aged 12 to 17: 67.1%
  • Aged 18 to 34: 57.5%
  • Aged 35 to 49: 63.4%
  • Aged 50 to 64: 64.9%*
  • Aged 65 and older: 70.4%

Statistics Canada, Self-perceived mental health and mental health care needs during the COVID-19 pandemic

*2020 estimate significantly different from October to December 2019 (p-value < 0.05)

Distribution of Canadians (aged 12 and over) who reported perceiving their own mental health status as being excellent or very good by household income
  • First quintile: 58.2%
  • Second quintile: 62.9%
  • Third quintile: 66.3%
  • Fourth quintile: 67.4%
  • Fifth quintile: 69.9%

Statistics Canada, Health Characteristics, annual estimates, by household income quintile and highest level of education

Indicator results are positively correlated with income quintile.

Crude rate of children and youth (ages 5-24) who visited the emergency department for mental disorders by sex

Female: 1,809 crude rate per 100,000 population

Male: 1,407 crude rate per 100,000 population

Canadian Institute for Health Information Data tables: Care for Children and Youth With Mental Disorders (XLXS) (2018-2019)

N/A

Distribution of targeted Canadians who reported taking positive actions with regards to improving their mental health and wellness and that of others as a result of training (e.g., seek support, provide support) by type of training and official language

Mental Health First Aid (MHFA) Course:
English: 71%
French: 59%

The Working Mind First Responders (TWMFR) Program:
English: 59%
French: 47%
The Working Mind (TWM) Program:
English: 65%
French: 63%

Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC) Core Performance Report (2019-2020 fiscal)

MHFA, TWMFR and TWM are mental health training opportunities offered by MHCC.

Distribution of participants who reported they strengthened capacity (knowledge) in mental health and wellness, by training or campaign event and by official language

MHFA Basic:
English: 92%
French: 91%

MHFA Veterans:
English: 90%
French: 100%

MHFA Seniors & Caregivers:
English: 91%
French: *

MHFA Youth:
English: 92%
French: 91%

TWMFR:
English: 94%
French: 90%

TWM:
English: 94%
French: 88%

MHCC Core Performance Report (2019-2020 fiscal)

* Data with less than 20 responses are not reported

* Not reported in averages since we do not know number of participants in each, so averages would not be weighted appropriately

Sex distribution of participants in mental health training programs.

Female: 76%

Male: 24%

MHCC Core year end report (2020-2021)

Aggregation of participation across all mental health training programs

Approximate sex distribution of Wellness Together Canada site visitors.

Female: 60%

Male: 40%

Wellness Together Canada (WTC) summary of month 14 (i.e., data to June 14, 2021)

N/A

Key Impacts: Other

Self-reported perceived mental health status has also been analyzed and reported by education level, gender and sexual orientation, geographical region, visible minority status, Indigeneity, and immigration status.

The Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC) continued to strengthen competencies among staff by applying a SGBA Plus lens through ongoing SGBA Plus training and by utilizing its established Community of Practice (CoP) to promote the application of SGBA Plus analysis tools and methodologies throughout the project development life-cycle.

In 2020-21, some of the ways a SGBA Plus lens was applied to projects include:

  • Employing a project methodology that collected data reflecting sociodemographic characteristics to better understand those who are disproportionately impacted, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • Using selection matrices to ensure representation at events from diverse groups and those with lived experience.
  • Incorporating SGBA Plus analyses in knowledge dissemination products such as policy briefs.
  • Creating safe spaces for people of diverse identities to share their lived experience, along with considerations in planning, knowledge mobilization and communication strategies to reach diverse audiences.

The Mental Health Program also supported specific policy initiatives in the area of mental health through the Health Care Policy and Strategies ProgramFootnote 13.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Mental health indicators available through the CIHI led process on shared health priorities:

Your Health System | CIHI

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Through the CIHI led process on shared health priorities, common indicators for mental health will be updated and released annually through Your Health System | CIHI and will be disaggregated by gender and/or age as appropriateFootnote 14. Over time, these indicators will tell a clearer story about access to mental health supports across the country, identify where there are gaps in services and help to make meaningful changes in order to improve the experiences of Canadian patients and their families.

GBA Plus data is collected while respecting privacy requirements and reducing barriers to access. The Consortium that is responsible for the Wellness Together Canada portal incorporates the perspectives of persons with lived experience on a continual basis (including women and gender diverse people) to ensure supports are tailored to meet the needs of clients. The Wellness Together Canada portal will continue to incorporate the perspectives of groups with diverse lived experience such as women and gender diverse people in order to ensure resources and services offered on the platform are tailored to the needs of diverse clients.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 5: Substance Use & AddictionsFootnote 15

The objective of the Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP) is to support other levels of government, community-based and national non-profit organizations to respond to ongoing and emerging drug and substance use issues across Canada by: preventing problematic substance use and reducing harms; facilitating treatment and related system enhancements; and improving awareness, knowledge, skills and competencies of targeted stakeholders and Canadians.

Infographic for Substance Use and Addictions

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent men N/A N/A Women
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Gender distribution of target population (Canadians/stakeholders) who reported that they intend to use the knowledge/skills related to substance use provided by projects funded through Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP).

Women = 48%

Men = 45%

A nominal amounts of Canadians/stakeholders reported as other or did not disclose their gender.

Performance and Progress Reports submitted by SUAP funding recipients Observed results are based on data provided by those who self-identified their gender and do not represent SUAP's entire target population.
Language distribution of population (Canadians/stakeholders) who reported that they intend to use the knowledge/skills related to substance use provided by projects funded through SUAP.

English= 92%

French= 8%

Additional languages (e.g. Indigenous, Chinese, Mandarin, Spanish, Thai or Vietnamese)= 18%Footnote 1

Performance and Progress Reports submitted by SUAP funding recipients Observed results are based on data provided by those who self-identified by language and do not represent SUAP's entire target population.
Table Footnote 1

This includes those who reported speaking either English or French (up to 100%); of these individuals, 18% also reported speaking an additional language.

Return to table footnote 1 referrer

Key Impacts: Other

SUAP funds a range of substance use prevention, harm reduction and treatment initiatives across Canada. Initiatives target opioids, stimulants, cannabis, alcohol, tobacco, vaping and other potentially harmful substances.

GBA Plus data is collected by the SUAP to monitor impacts on different demographics on short-term outcomes (i.e., change of awareness, capacity) and medium-term outcomes (i.e., change in behavior) of the Program. The information is used to assess the Program's performance and results, identify potential gaps in program funding and/or priority areas for future funding.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The SUAP has established a performance and progress report template as well as a final project evaluation report template to standardize the collection of data from funding recipients. All SUAP funding recipients are expected to implement data collection tools and processes to survey the target populations they are serving. All SUAP funding recipients are required to collect sex and/or gender and official language disaggregated data as part of their performance and progress reports. This information supports the completion of both sex and gender-sensitive reporting as well as official language reporting across SUAP projects. Health Canada collects, analyzes and disseminates disaggregated data in Progress Reports, in an effort to monitor the GBA Plus impacts.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 6: Digital Health

This program supports pan-Canadian collaboration on health innovation to encourage the adoption of new digital health technology to improve access, increase efficiency and improve outcomes for patients.

Infographic for Digital Health

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A Somewhat benefits low income individuals (Somewhat progressive) N/A N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A N/A Primarily benefits seniors or the baby boom generation Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Access to digital health technologies disaggregated by gender and age

In 2020-21, access increased for older adult men over 25 (46%) and women over 25 (53%)

.
2020 Canadian Digital Health Survey Data is not limited to only Infoway-supported projects.
Use of digital health technologies disaggregated by gender and age

In 2020-21, adult men (78%) and women (83%) relied more on telephone consultations compared to young men under 25 (60%) and young women under 25 (72%)

2020 Canadian Digital Health Survey Data is not limited to only Infoway-supported projects.

Key Impacts: Other

Health Canada conducted data analysis informed by Program recipient Canada Health Infoway's annual 2020 tracking survey. This survey is not restricted to Infoway supported digital health projects and reflects the broader digital health landscape in Canada. Key SGBA Plus findings included:

  • During the pandemic, access to electronically-enabled health services significantly increased for older adult men and women (46% and 56% respectively) and in particular their access to virtual care through video and electronic Protected Health Information (PHI), whereas it declined for young adult men and women (46% and 49% respectively).
  • The age-adjusted gender difference between adult men and women with respect to access to electronically-enabled health services was larger during the pandemic than it was before (up from 3 to 7 percentage points) while for young adults the gender gap shrunk during the pandemic.
  • With regards to the modality of digital health care encounters, adult men and women relied more on telephone consultations (respectively 78% and 83%) as their primary virtual care means, while young adults used more video and messaging consultations. Young adult women's use of video and messaging (27%) is 9 percentage points lower than young adult men's use (36%) while adult women's utilization (15%) is 5 percentage points lower relative to their male counterparts (20%).
  • Adult men used twice as many third party/private vendor virtual visits than adult women.
  • In terms of digital health literacy, young adults are more likely to have higher scores than their older counterparts.
  • Women were more likely than men to report barriers to their use of digital health, including level of comfort with apps and technology, cost of private digital apps and services, and concerns about the privacy and security of own health data.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Digital Health Equity Analysis: Access to Electronically-Enabled Health Services

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

In 2020-21, Infoway developed a Digital Health Equity Analysis which includes an SGBA Plus and broader equity lens. The Digital Health Equity Analysis lens will be used to inform Infoway's initiatives improve GBA Plus data collection, measurement and analysis of equity issues.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 7: Health Information

Health Canada acknowledges the importance of enhancing health care systems by providing health care information that improves the health of Canadians. The Health Information program supports the provision of comparable and actionable data and information that are used to accelerate improvements in health care, health system performance and population health across Canada under its present mandate.

Infographic for Health Information

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent men N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

Databases from the Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI)Footnote 16 include information disaggregated by sex and/or gender and some databases include information on sexual orientation, where applicable. At this time, data within the acute care/hospital sector largely reflects biological sex rather than gender as this information is often linked to health card registration which historically captured sex assigned at birth. The availability of acute care/hospital data on both sex and gender is slowly increasing as individuals are provided opportunities to update this information.

CIHI continues to establish common definitions and data standards, and works to promote the collection of GBA Plus data as demonstrated by the 2018 report "In Pursuit of Health Equity: Defining Stratifiers for Measuring Health Inequality A Focus on Age, Sex, Gender, Income, Education and Geographic Location (PDF: 4,537 kb)." The goal of this report was to facilitate and encourage the use of standard equity stratifiers in data collection, performance measurement and reporting initiatives, thus enabling comparisons across Canada. The definitions are part of a broader program of work under way at CIHI to harmonize and strengthen the measurement of health inequalities in Canada.

CIHI's Measuring Health Inequalities: A Toolkit — Equity Stratifier Inventory was developed to help assess the availability of embedded and area-level equity stratifiers (socio-demographic variables) when planning an analysis to measure health inequalities using selected CIHI and Statistics Canada data sources.

Further, in 2020 CIHI developed pan-Canadian standards for collecting race-based and Indigenous identity data in health systems (PDF: 1,363 kb). These data standards map to existing Statistics Canada national standards so information can be integrated and compared with other data sources.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

CIHI is currently exploring 2021-22 changes to the Discharge Abstract Database (DAD) and the National Ambulatory Case Reporting System (NACRS) sex and gender data elements to make them consistent and up-to-date with current practice.

CIHI actively promotes the use and adoption of standardized identifiers for gender and ethnicity data collected from Provinces and Territories (PTs). This foundational work enables expanded data collection in support of GBA Plus. It is anticipated that richer data will become available once PTs adopt the proposed standards in their health care data collection systems.

The Canadian Health Information Forum, with participation from federal, provincial and territorial government officials and health system stakeholders like CIHI, will continue to provide a venue for sharing and discussing pan-Canadian health information issues, including the collection of GBA Plus data.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 8: Canada Health Act

The Canada Health Act (CHA) is Canada's federal legislation for publicly funded health care insurance. The aim of the Act is to facilitate reasonable access to insured health care services without financial or other barriers.

Infographic for Canada Health Act

Target Population: Individual Canadians (residents of PTs)

Key Impacts: Other

Federal administration of the Canada Health Act is aimed at ensuring access to insured health services on uniform terms and conditions for all Canadians. The results of compliance efforts may have an impact significant to certain GBA Plus cohorts. For instance, Health Canada's compliance intervention with New Brunswick and Ontario, which seeks to eliminate direct charges to patients when they access abortion services, will have a more significant impact on women than the population as a whole.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Nothing to report for 2020-21

Rationale: The Canada Health Act sets the requirements provincial and territorial health insurance plans must meet in order for provinces and territories (PTs) to receive their full federal health transfer. The Act requires PT health insurance plans to provide universal access to medically necessary hospital and physician care for their residents based on medical need, rather than an ability and willingness to pay, or discrimination on any other basis. Since it is in PT jurisdiction, Health Canada cannot influence the delivery of health care to target specific GBA Plus cohorts. Rather, federal administration of the Act focuses on the universality of access.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 9: Medical Assistance in Dying

Health Canada monitors Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID) implementation and provides policy support to increase the evidence base about how MAID is being delivered in Canada and to support consistent access for eligible Canadians. Health Canada engages and collaborates with the provinces and territories, key stakeholders and practitioners and pharmacists involved in MAID to facilitate consistent application of the regulations and data collection, and shares this information through federal reports, guidance and policy work.

Infographic for Medical Assistance in Dying

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A N/A Primarily benefits seniors or the baby boom generation Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Distribution of Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID) recipients by sex

51.9% of males and 48.1% of females received MAID across Canada

.
2nd Annual Report on Medical Assistance in Dying in Canada (data collected from calendar year of 2020) Sex difference is slightly greater than in 2019 (50.9% men vs 49.1% women). Finding is consistent across jurisdictions with the exception of Manitoba where the proportion of female receiving MAID was slightly higher.
Distribution of MAID recipients by age

75.3 was the average age of recipients at the time of MAID. This is similar for both men (75.0) and women (75.5) at a national level.

2nd Annual Report on Medical Assistance in Dying in Canada (data collected from calendar year of 2020) The greatest number of MAID deaths occurs in the age range of 56 to 90. 94.5% of MAID cases occurred at age 56 and older and 80.3% of MAID cases at age 65 and older.
Distribution of MAID recipients by main condition

69.1% of MAID recipients had cancer, 13.8% had cardiovascular conditions, 11.8% had chronic respiratory conditions, and 8.7% had neurological conditions. There were no significant differences between men and women in the reported main condition.

2nd Annual Report on Medical Assistance in Dying in Canada (data collected from calendar year of 2020) These trends are similar to those seen in 2019 and are consistent with the leading causes of death in Canada (i.e., cancer and diseases of the heart at number 1 and 2 respectively.

Key Impacts: Other

The federal legislation for Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID) sets out the legal framework for the lawful provision of MAID by establishing eligibility criteria for MAID, safeguards for its application and Criminal Code exemptions for those who deliver MAID in accordance with the framework. However, the responsibility for delivery of health services falls on the provinces and territories and regulators of medicine. As such, each province and territory has taken its own approach to the organization and delivery of MAID.

Health Canada has produced two Annual Reports on MAID in Canada (2019, 2020) reporting on data collected through the federal monitoring regime. This data is limited to reporting requirements set out in the Regulations and is provided to Health Canada either by individual practitioners and pharmacists involved in MAID, or by provincial and territorial governments. In response to a 2019 Québec Superior Court decision, new federal legislation on MAID (former Bill C-7) was passed on March 17, 2021. The new legislation has expanded eligibility for MAID to those whose natural death is not in the foreseeable future. The new law will provide a broader group of Canadians who are suffering intolerably with greater autonomy to request this service and, if found eligible, to receive MAID.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Second Annual Report on Medical Assistance in Dying in Canada 2020

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

MAID legislation requires the federal Minister of Health to make regulations to support data collection on requests for, and the provision of, MAID. The Regulations for the Monitoring of MAID, which came into force in 2018, also require the Minister to produce annual reports describing how MAID is being delivered across the country.

Health Canada collects data on patients assessed for, or receiving the service of MAID. This data collection is required to monitor and report on the implementation of legislation and is not tied to funding or programming, a measure or a proposal set by government to increase the number of MAID recipients. The data collected and reported is part of a monitoring regime.

With the passing of Bill C-7 on March 17, 2021, Health Canada is undertaking a regulatory change to reflect the new legislation. A pre-consultation process is underway and will inform future data collection as part of the monitoring regime – with new data estimated to be collected by 2023.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 10: Cancer Control

Through the Canadian Partnership Against Cancer, Health Canada seeks to accelerate action on cancer control for all Canadians by augmenting, building upon and implementing the multi-tiered Canadian Strategy for Cancer Control.

Infographic for Cancer Control

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A N/A Somewhat benefits high income individuals (Somewhat regressive) N/A High
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Percentage of cancer patients satisfied with access to care, by sex and provincial jurisdiction

BC:
Male: 70.1%
Female: 69.5%

AB:
Male: 74.2%
Female: 74.4%

SK:
Male: 73.8%
Female: 73.0%

MB:
Male: 74.4%
Female: 73.8%

ON:
Male: 72.4%
Female: 70.4 %

QC:
Male: 70.3%
Female: 66.2%

NS: --

PE:
Male: 72.7%
Female: 73.4%

NL:
Male: 72.6%
Female: 76.2%

Ambulatory Oncology Patient Satisfaction Survey (AOPSS) Data is collected every 2 years. This data is from June 2019.
Smoking prevalence in cancer patients by household income quintile

Q1: 21.5%
Q2: 17.5%
Q3: 15.5%
Q4: 13.6%
Q5: 11.8%

Canadian Community Health Survey (CCHS)

Q1 represents the lowest income and Q5 the highest income.

Data is collected every 2 years. This data is from *2017-2018.

2019 CCHS data is expected in late 2021 pending COVID-19 delays.

Key Impacts: Other

The federal government recognizes the burden of cancer both at the personal and societal level. Health Canada is supporting cancer control through the Canadian Partnership Against Cancer (CPAC). Established in 2007, CPAC is an independent, not-for-profit organization with a mandate of reducing the number of cancer cases in Canada, minimizing the number of cancer-related deaths, and improving patient quality of life. CPAC seeks to accelerate action on cancer control for all Canadians by augmenting, building upon, and implementing the multi-tiered Canadian Strategy for Cancer Control (CSCC).

Reducing disparities in access to care and outcomes between jurisdictions, communities, and population groups is a key outcome for CPAC. Efforts are designed to respond to long-standing and pervasive disparities, which have meant that not all Canadians have benefitted equally from the efforts to implement the CSCC. The first indicator above measures the extent to which patients across Canada are satisfied with access to care. The data are stratified by jurisdiction and sex and/or gender, which allows for a more comprehensive understanding of patient satisfaction across the country. An increase in patient reported access to services demonstrates an increase in one dimension of quality of life for cancer patients.

Healthy populations require fewer health care treatments. Accelerating the uptake of cancer prevention strategies and policies and adopting evidence-based interventions improves population health. CPAC has defined its role within broader cancer prevention efforts in Canada to focus on key cancer-specific risk factors such as tobacco and radon. CPAC has also focused on integrating prevention with better and earlier diagnosis and screening for underserved populations, such as rural, remote and low-income populations, as well as First Nations, Inuit, and Métis peoples.

Another key outcome for CPAC is that Canadians have access to appropriate and effective health services. The second indicator above is tied to CPAC's prevention program which includes developing and implementing national prevention programs and policies.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The CPAC measures progress and performance on an ongoing basis. This includes: performance measurement planning; regularly collecting data on output and outcome indicators; analyzing and/or synthesizing the data; and using the data to inform decision-making to continually improve implementation. As part of CPAC's contribution agreement with Health Canada, the organization submits a Performance Measurement Strategy every January 31st along with a corporate plan.

The Performance Measurement Strategy is an evergreen package of documents consisting of the Canadian Strategy for Cancer Control, the logic model, the previous year's inventory of outcomes and indicators and the planned outputs and outcomes for the upcoming year. CPAC endeavors to maintain its commitment to addressing the diagnostic and treatment needs of men and women, girls and boys, and gender diverse Canadians in its GBA Plus data collection plans and activities where appropriate. This includes the application of SGBA Plus and strengthening and promoting the collection of sex and gender disaggregated data.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 11: Patient Safety

Health Canada's Strategic Policy Branch provides and synthesizes broad policy advice that helps to advance patient safety in health care systems. The contribution to the Canadian Patient Safety Institute (CPSI)Footnote 17 supported the federal government's interest in achieving an accessible, high quality, sustainable and accountable health system adaptable to the needs of Canadians.

Infographic for Patient Safety

Target Population: All Canadians

Key Impacts: Other

Canadian Patient Safety Institute (CPSI) sought out and included the perspectives of patients, seniors, and diverse groups in the design of its programs and projects to improve patient safety. While no quantitative data exists, examples of these initiatives include:

  • The Canadian Quality and Patient Safety Framework, which was designed to focus and align quality and safety improvement efforts across Canada. This framework was intended to reduce unwarranted care variation for groups that have challenges accessing care or are considered at risk, which include Indigenous peoples, immigrants, visible minorities and those with LQBTQ2S+ identities. This people-centered framework defines five goal areas designed to drive improvement and to align Canadian legislation, regulations, standards, organizational policies, and public engagement on patient safety and quality improvement, and is currently being implemented at many levels across the healthcare system of Canada.
  • Patients for Patient Safety Canada is a patient led program of Healthcare Excellence Canada (HEC) and is the Canadian arm of the World Health Organization's Patients for Patient Safety global network. Every member of the program has experienced harm in healthcare, and now provides patient perspectives to healthcare providers, policymakers and other patients to ensure that care is safe for all.
  • The Medication Safety Project, included in the suite of Safety Improvement Projects, would be expected to benefit seniors more than other age groups, as seniors are statistically most likely to be on multiple medications and have more frequent healthcare visits.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

CPSI was required to collect GBA Plus data on two indicators under their Performance Measurement Framework (PMF):

  • Number of participants in webinars
  • Percentage of public aware of their role in preventing harm

CPSI was to collect these data to understand the sex and/or gender distribution of its educational activities and to help target its awareness campaigns. Due to data limitations, CPSI did not collect GBA Plus data on "number of participants in webinars". CPSI reported on a proxy measure for its indicator "percentage of public aware of their role in preventing harm" for 2019-20, which did not include GBA Plus data, while it worked to fully develop the indicator in 2020-21. CPSI suspended the development of that indicator while pursuing an amalgamation with the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement in 2020-21. When the organizations amalgamated into Healthcare Excellence Canada in October 2020, HEC began the development of its own PMFFootnote 18. The development of that indicator and GBA Plus data has been suspended until HEC completes its PMF.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 12: Organs, Tissues and Blood

The Organs, Tissues and Blood (OTB) Program supports research that contributes to a safe and effective supply of blood and blood products for Canadians, and by supporting activities that contribute to Canadians' access to safe, effective donations and transplantations of organs and tissues.

Infographic for Organs, Tissues and Blood

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Number of organ donors, by sex, 2019

Male: 600

Female: 610

CIHI N/A
Percentage of deceased donors, by sex, 2019

Male: 61%

Female: 39%

CIHI (PDF: 557 kb)

N/A

Percentage of living donors, by sex, 2019

Male: 38%

Female: 62%

CIHI (PDF: 557 kb)

N1A

Key Impacts: Other

As a general principle, ethical and equitable listing and allocation practices are embedded within current donation and transplantation practices in Canada. Data on biological (genetic) sex is a variable collected and available routinely as part of provincial data collection.

The Canadian Organ Replacement Register (CORR) currently captures patient data by sex and provides some sex-based analyses for donors, transplants by organ type, and incident end-stage kidney disease patients by volume and rate.

The Organs, Tissues and Blood (OTB) Program has continued to support access for all Canadian patients to health information and services, no matter the geography or income level of individuals and their families. The Program focusses on education, outreach or data collection efforts for those activities where sex or gender in relation to organ donation and transplantation is relevant.

During guideline development, Canadian Blood Services (CBS) completed the following:

  • Involved members of the LGTBQ2S+ community in consultation activities to bolster stakeholder perspectives.
  • Conducted outreach to specific communities through surveys to generate data that could better inform public awareness and education activities.
  • Included training on communication with families of potential donors with respect to unique issues and concerns of the LGTBQ2S+ community as part of professional education curricula.

Through CBS, the initiative continued to raise awareness about the need for all genders and those of diverse heritage to register their intent to donate and have discussions with their families about their decision. Awareness campaigns have taken a more focused approached on targeting underrepresented groups.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

There are limitations in data collection as data comes from multiple sources under different formats that are not easily comparable. The creation of a modernized and integrated pan-Canadian data and performance system (to be rolled out in April 2025) that appropriately collects standardized data from both donors and recipients across the country, including standard socio-demographic variables, will address current data limitations and facilitate understanding of which population subgroups may be experiencing barriers for accessing high-quality ODT services.

Some data are being collected by Canadian Blood Services (CBS) for the Blood Research and Development component of the program with regards to access to services by men and women. A more exhaustive approach will be considered at the renewal of the contribution agreements starting in 2022.

The research related to Men who have Sex with Men (MSM) will provide evidence for CBS to implement plasma donation behavioural-based screening criteria. As final results from the research projects are published and disseminated, they will also inform CBS' efforts to expand eligibility criteria for whole blood donation by MSM in Canada.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 13: Promoting Minority Official Languages in the Health Care Systems

This program is designed to support the federal obligation to foster the full recognition and use of both English and French in Canada. It also includes the Official Languages Health Contribution Program, which fosters collaboration and innovation in the areas of recruitment, training, retention, networking, research, organization and support to the delivery of health services to French-speaking communities in provinces and territories other than Quebec and to English-speaking communities in the province of Quebec.

Infographic for Promoting Minority Official Languages in the Health Care Systems

Target Population: Healthcare Professionals

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Gender distribution of funded French-language postsecondary training graduates

Male: 19%

Female: 80%

Other: 0.7%

« Consortium National de formation en santé » data base N/A
Gender distribution of funded health professional and intake staff graduating who report acquiring academic and professional knowledge and skills to work in Official Language Minority Communities (OLMCs)

Male: 12%

Female: 88%

Other: 0.4%

« Consortium National de formation en santé » data base N/A
Gender distribution of funded postsecondary trained health graduates who offer services in OLMCs

Male: 11%

Female: 88%

Other: 0.5%

« Consortium National de formation en santé » data base N/A
Gender distribution of health placements in OLMCs 2 years after graduation

Male: 13%

Female: 87%

Other: 0.3%

« Consortium National de formation en santé » data base N/A

Key Impacts: Other

Not available.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Health Canada has put in place performance measurement tools to monitor and analyze progress made by recipients towards achieving targets in order to better integrate considerations related to sex and gender and better reach target populations and ensure adequate implementation of measures that take into account SGBA Plus. These tools are also used by Health Canada's Official Languages Health Program recipients to report (annually or as required) on improvements made to achieve expected results.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 14: Brain Research

The Brain Research program contributes to research and innovation through understanding underlying mechanisms across various brain diseases/disorders.

Infographic for Brain Research

Target Population: Individual Canadians (People with brain and neurological health conditions, diseases and disorders, and their families and caregivers)

Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Percentage of research programs with sex, gender or diversity component

2018

Brain Canada-led programs: 75%

Total* programs: 33%

2019

Brain Canada-led programs: 100%

Total programs: 50%

2020

Brain Canada-led programs: 100%

Total programs: 100%

*Total programs includes competitions led by Brain Canada's funding partners.

Internal data, Brain Canada Foundation

Over the years, Brain Canada has demonstrated its commitment to advancing sex, gender and diversity as part of research by incorporating relevant components in research competitions. While it can take decades for fundamental research to translate to intellectual property and clinical applications, considering sex, gender and diversity in the design of research competitions and projects helps to ensure that findings will benefit diverse populations.

Brain Canada has less direct control in the context of research competitions led by their funding partners, but has nevertheless worked with partners to increase the consideration of sex, gender and diversity.
Sex distribution of new and mid-career highly-qualified personnel (HQP) at the PhD or Postdoctoral level given capacity building opportunities

Since 2011:

Total: 550

Male: 196 (36%)

Female: 195 (35%)

Information not available/ not disclosed by: 159 (29%)

Annual Scientific Reports submitted by researchers to Brain Canada captured and tracked through performance reporting.

Brain Canada aims to equitably provide capacity-building opportunities for researchers who are women and men, and have put measures in place as part of their research selection processes to mitigate unconscious bias.

Gap in data for the total of 550 HQP is due to: no requirement for the first five years of federal funding to collect sex disaggregated data; data collection not required by early funding partners; and some researchers opting out of disclosure.

Key Impacts: Other

Research projects funded by the Brain Canada Foundation as part of the Canada Brain Research Fund Program generated evidence to better inform prevention, diagnosis and care for populations traditionally marginalized in research, such as women and Indigenous people. As part of research competitions, applicants are asked to consider a diverse range of differences including sex, gender, age, ethnicity, and education in their research questions. These comparisons can inform research on disease mechanisms and the development of new therapeutics as well as enhance scientific rigour and reproducibility.

For example, Brain Canada provided financial support for the Women, Sex, Gender, and Dementia (WSGD) program as part of the Canadian Consortium on Neurodegeneration in Aging (CCNA). As part of the WSGD program, a group of researchers are serving as advocates on each CCNA research team to assess different methods of promoting sex and gender considerations, and ensure these considerations are included in undertaking research. The WSGD program recognizes that much of the work underpinning current knowledge on neurodegenerative conditions does not adequately examine sex-related differences. For example, many studies on Alzheimer's disease have involved exclusively male mice. Through support for this program, Brain Canada aims to advance the representation of female sex and gender considerations with a view towards informing individualized, effective care for Canadians affected by neurodegenerative conditions.

In collaboration with the Martin Family Initiative, Brain Canada funded a project co-developed with the Ermineskin Cree Nation in Alberta to pilot a prenatal to early childhood intervention program in a First Nations community. The project has included work with leading researchers in the field to develop a comprehensive training course on childhood development for community volunteers who support pregnant persons and young families in their homes. It has also involved the development of a collection of original resources that weave together Indigenous-led community innovation and trailblazing scientific research in early childhood development. Although it is too soon to determine the long-term outcomes that can be attributed to this intervention, the program provides an example of how successful collaborations and integrating research with Indigenous culture can incorporate the strengths of Indigenous families and communities.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Health Canada in collaboration with the Brain Canada Foundation (Brain Canada), the recipient of this contribution program, continues to advance and refine the program strategy for collecting GBA Plus data disaggregated by sex, gender and other diversity factors. As part of the program's Performance Measurement Framework, in 2021-22 Brain Canada will be collecting new data on the percentage of funded research projects focused on diverse groups, as well as the percentage of research applicants in diverse groups in receipt of funding through the program. This information will be used to assess the program's impact on diversity and inclusion and identify opportunities to improve program activities.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 15: Thalidomide

The Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program (CTSSP) is intended to contribute to meeting the lifetime needs of Canadian thalidomide survivors so that they may age with dignity.

Infographic for Thalidomide

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A N/A Primarily benefits seniors
or the baby boom generation
Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Clients who reported the ability to age with dignity by sex

79% of males and 87% of females reported that the Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program (CTSSP) is helping them age with dignity

2020-2021 Recipient Progress Report (Q3/Q4) Statistics reported based on Annual Outreach Survey distributed by the Recipient
Clients who reported the ability to access care and treatment by sex

64% of males and 66% of females reported that the CTSSP is positively affecting their ability to access care and treatment

2020-2021 Recipient Progress Report (Q3/Q4) Statistics reported based on Annual Outreach Survey distributed by the Recipient

Key Impacts: Other

Not available.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The GBA Plus data collection plan for the Canadian Thalidomide Survivors Support Program (CTSSP) is based on performance indicators and currently captures data based on sex and genderFootnote 19. The Program administrator will continue to assess and analyze program impacts to better understand survivor needs using an Annual Outreach survey. This will allow CTSSP to enhance the program where possible, and improve communication strategies and processes based on sex and gender. The current collection plan will remain as is to ensure consistency when analyzing the data collected. Furthermore, the CTSSP application process is currently under way (from June 2019 to June 2024). The data collected will not change in order to ensure a fair and transparent application process.

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Inventory 16: The Territorial Health Investment Fund (THIF)

The objective of the Territorial Health Investment Fund is to improve Northerners' access to health services to meet their health care needs and to improve their health status.

Infographic for Territorial Health Investment Fund

Target Population: All Canadians

Key Impacts: Other

While SGBA Plus data under the Territorial Health Investment Fund (THIF) is not available, men, women, and children experience health disparities that may lead to increased need for health system innovations that the THIF can help achieve. Territories are aware of their populations' diverse needs and barriers to health and take these into account when determining the allocation of the THIF. Certain programs supported through the THIF are dedicated to addressing the most pressing needs among territorial residents. For example, tuberculosis (TB) rates in Nunavut are far higher than the national rate. With support from the THIF, Nunavut's TB Program Development is working to reduce these disparities through community and mobilizing efforts to better access residents, capacity building and enhancing human resources, and the adoption of new technologies to better treat latent TB, among other things.

Another example is Yukon's 1Health initiative. The territory's new electronic health record system supported by the THIF may benefit residents with chronic illnesses such as cancer and diabetes, who are disproportionately represented in the territories. The system uses a single integrated electronic health record network to allow for immediate and seamless exchange of health information between care centres, facilitating the scheduling of appointments and medication tracking which may be burdensome for residents with chronic illnesses.

As a third exa4876mple, the oral health of children in the territories is below that of other Canadian children. Taking this into account, territories have implemented oral health initiatives targeted specifically to children that are currently funded by the THIF. Such initiatives may help alleviate some of the disparity in children's oral health.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The THIF existing performance measurement strategy includes GBA Plus indicators that can be disaggregated by sex (for example, percentage of adults aged 18 and over reporting their health as excellent or very good and rate of potentially avoidable deaths). However, territories are reliant on external organizations, such as Statistics Canada, to make these data available. As part of collaborative work plan development for activities to be undertaken in 2021-22 and 2022-23, Health Canada, both at the working level and through senior management, will continue to encourage the territories to implement sex and gender considerations in the design of their THIF activities, as well as in the development of project-specific indicators (where data is or can be made available). Health Canada will continue to monitor progress on indicators for compliance.

Gender and diversity disaggregated data is a challenge in many cases given that data is challenging to capture at the territorial level and even more so with disaggregation by gender or other characteristics. Territorial efforts would be dependent on available data from, for example, Statistics Canada and CIHI, which is often outside of their control.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 17: Pharmaceutical Drugs

The Pharmaceutical Drugs Program ensures that pharmaceutical drugs sold in Canada are safe, effective and of high quality through regulatory activities and the provision of relevant information to Canadians and health professionals.

Infographic for Pharmaceutical Drugs

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

Health Canada established the Scientific Advisory on Health Products for Women (SAC-HPW) in 2019 to provide timely patient-centered, scientific, technical, medical and clinical advice on current and emerging issues regarding women's health and the regulation of drugs and medical devices. In 2020-21, the SAC-HPW provided advice on a number of relevant topics including:

  • Ongoing branch-specific SGBA Plus initiatives which are aimed at better integrating SGBA Plus considerations across the drug and medical device lifecycles;
  • SGBA Plus considerations in the development and roll-out of COVID-19 vaccines; and
  • The development of guidance documents for industry on integrating equity, diversity, and SGBA Plus considerations in drug development and post-market activities.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Health Canada assesses data from clinical trials and other studies, Product Monograph changes and product label expansions of already authorised products that are part of drug submissions by sponsors seeking authorization to access the Canadian market. These data are assessed by regulatory staff as part of the regulatory authorization of therapeutic drug products and associated labelling information for patients. Generally, sex is included in the methodology and analysis of any drug treatment in a clinical setting. Phase II or III studies conducted by manufacturers and other researchers are most typically designed with disaggregation by sex, unless the disease is sex-specific (e.g. ovarian or prostate cancer).

The Pharmaceutical Drugs program, as part of the Health Canada, Health Products and Food Branch SGBA Plus data strategyFootnote 20 and SGBA Plus Action Plan, has plans to promote greater subpopulation specific considerations and SGBA Plus data collection among industry.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 18: Biologics & Radiopharmaceutical Drugs

The Biologics and Radiopharmaceutical Drugs Program ensures that biologic and radiopharmaceutical drugs sold in Canada are safe, effective and of high quality through regulatory activities and the provision of relevant information to Canadians and health professionals.

Infographic for Biologics & Radiopharmaceutical Drugs

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

In 2020-21, two researchers funded through the Health Canada – CIHR SGBA Plus Health Policy-Research Partnerships program worked towards identifying how SGBA Plus considerations are integrated across the drug and medical device lifecycles at Health Canada, and how they could be better integrated. The results of these studies are not yet available, but will be used to identify areas where Health Canada can increase the application of SGBA Plus considerations throughout the regulation of drugs and medical devices.

Throughout COVID-19 vaccine development, Health Canada asked sponsors to be inclusive in their recruitment strategies for COVID-19 vaccine trials to ensure that COVID-19 safety and efficacy data would be produced for diverse populations (e.g., sex, age, race, ethnicity, comorbidities, etc.). For example, for both the Pfizer vaccine and the Moderna vaccine, there were:

  • Close to equal numbers of males and females included in the clinical trials
  • A higher than usual proportion of trial participants who had co-morbidities
  • A higher than usual proportion of trial participants who were non-White

Health Canada scientific reviewers took special care in applying SGBA Plus considerations when reviewing submissions, and any missing data were identified and targeted for post-market studies (i.e., studies in children and studies in pregnant and breastfeeding persons).

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

While Biologics and Radiopharmaceutical Drugs does not compile SGBA Plus data relating to the regulation of drugs and medical devices, data collection plans are currently underway. In the drug and medical devices lifecycle, sponsors seek authorization to sell to health products in the Canadian market by submitting clinical trial data to Health Canada (and other international health regulators). Health Canada scientific reviewers then assess the trial data submissions when considering authorization. As a persistent barrier, specific subpopulations continue to be under-represented in drug and medical device clinical trials. Transgender, intersex, and pregnant persons are generally excluded while females, racialized, Indigenous, pediatric, and geriatric populations are under-represented. Factors such as implicit bias, cost, language barriers, fear and mistrust, health literacy levels, recruitment methods and patient inclusion and exclusion criteria pose population specific barriers to achieving representative sample groups in trials. Limited patient data is collected and/or reported to Health Canada regulators, and data is not always disaggregated into relevant groups.

To address these and other issues, the Health Canada, Health Products and Food Branch developed an SGBA Plus Action Plan with the goal of ensuring that Canadians have access to information to support informed decision-making regarding their treatment options based on safety and efficacy profiles of people like them. Specifically, Health Canada is looking to work with relevant stakeholders nationally and internationally to: 1) improve the SGBA Plus data submitted to Health Canada; 2) Enhance the way SGBA Plus data is analyzed and reported on by Health Canada; and 3) Increase the SGBA Plus information available to the users of the data to build trust and transparency.

As part of this action plan, Health Canada will develop an SGBA Plus data strategy with publication timelines to ensure that required information is collected and reported transparently. Other data-relevant items in the action plan include establishing a requirement for Sponsors to submit trial data on safety and efficacy that is disaggregated by subgroups, and creating guidance documents for industry around developing inclusive trials to increase trial diversity and the inclusion of pregnant and breastfeeding persons in trials.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 19: Medical Devices

The Medical Devices Program ensures that medical devices sold in Canada are safe, effective and of high quality through regulatory activities and the provision of relevant information to Canadians and health professionals.

Infographic for Medical Devices

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

As part of the Health Canada Medical Devices Action Plan, Health Canada committed to reviewing its evidence requirements related to higher-risk medical devices with a view to strengthening the evidence requirements for devices. Health Canada produced a draft Guidance Document on Clinical Evidence Requirements for medical devices. It provides guidance to Class III and IV medical device manufacturers and regulatory representatives on when clinical data and evidence is required, common methods to generate clinical data, and how to appropriately compare devices.

The draft guidance document also provides guidelines regarding clinical trial data on sex, gender, under-represented populations, and pediatric populations. Health Canada intends to post this draft guidance online in Fall 2021 for public consultation. Due to the potential for differential impacts of medical devices, designs should take into account SGBA Plus considerations related to the unique anatomical and physiological characteristics of different sex and gender groups through an intersectional lens. Furthermore, clinical studies should include adequate representation.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The draft Guidance Document on Clinical Evidence Requirements for medical devices identifies Health Canada's expectations for clinical data, such that clinical data used by manufacturers adequately represents Canada's diverse population and clinical practice. It is expected that any clinical data used to adequately demonstrate device safety and effectiveness reflect the population for whom the device is intended to serve. As such, the draft Guidance Document will set out consistent principles on clinical evidence requirements for medical devices reviews of Class III and IV medical devices.

Health Canada developed templates that include sex, gender and other equity considerations to support post-market risk assessments. While this data may not be available, the templates offer a guide for all scientific reviewers to assess special populations and seek out additional data, where possible.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 20: Natural Health Products

The Natural Health Products Program is responsible for administering an efficient and transparent regulatory system that enhances consumer safety, reduces regulatory burden, fosters innovation and accountability, and helps deliver health options to Canadians.

Infographic for Natural Health Products

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A N/A Somewhat benefits high income individuals (Somewhat regressive) N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A N/A Primarily benefits seniors or the baby boom generation Senior

Key Impacts: Other

73% of Canadians use natural health productsFootnote 21. According to the 2016 Consumer Health Products Survey, women are more likely than men to use these products. Canadians 55 years or older are significantly more likely than younger Canadians to frequently use natural health products such as vitamins. Canadians under 55 or with a university degree are more likely to frequently use natural health productsFootnote 22.

TIn August 2021, Health Canada completed a systematic review as part of the Health Canada – CIHR SGBA Plus Health Policy-Research Partnerships program to examine the role of sex and gender in the knowledge, attitudes and practices of consumers related to self-care products (including natural health products and non-prescription drugs). The report found that most consumers are more likely to read the labels on self-care products regularly when not familiar with products they are purchasing and when labels are well designed (e.g., large font and good contrast). This review found that males and females had comparable levels of knowledge about natural health products and non-prescription drugs. In general, both males and females had a poor understanding of potential adverse reactions of these products. The results from the review informed draft regulations to improve the labelling of natural health products. The proposal included requirements to improve font and contrast on natural health product labels and to make warnings, including allergen warnings, more clear. The report will inform help to inform the final regulatory proposal.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Health Canada developed and finalized a GBA Plus toolbox in August 2021 to promote the significance of considering sex, gender, and other identity factors when collecting consumer data. The GBA Plus toolbox provides important resources on gender concepts and definitions, key words to use in a literature search, data analysis tools, description of the methodology of gender analysis, and references to publications that have used SGBA Plus. The GBA Plus toolbox will act as a resource to guide data collection on sex and gender that will enhance the Department's ability to further integrate SGBA Plus in its decision-making.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 21: Food & Nutrition

The Food and Nutrition Program is responsible for establishing regulations, guidelines, standards and policies pertaining to food safety, nutrition and healthy eating.

Infographic for Food & Nutrition

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

Culture, language, religion, ethnic origin, and socioeconomic status each play an important role in food and nutrition. However, understanding the impact of food on one's health in different ethnic and cultural groups is underestimated. Health literacy, or the ability to make use of nutrition information in ways the promote health and wellbeing, is increasingly understood as an important contributor to the health of Canadians, and is linked to health inequalities. For example, the ability to read the nutrition information on food labels helps make informed food choices. The ability to plan healthy meals and to manage diet-related chronic diseases also requires a range of health literacy skills. These skills reflects the knowledge, motivation and competencies of individuals to use nutrition information in ways that promote and maintain health. Integrating health literacy considerations into social science and consumer behaviour research helps us to address these challenges and better meet the needs of the increasingly diverse Canadian population.

In May 2020, Health Canada published a paper entitled Integrating a Health Literacy Lens into Nutrition Labelling Policy in Canada. This paper focussed on the importance of health literacy when it comes to buying food in the grocery store and how health policies and regulations play a role in helping consumers make informed choices to better meet the needs of the increasingly diverse Canadian population. The application of this lens has been integrated into Health Canada's food and nutrition labelling research to ensure positive impacts on the health outcomes and health status of Canadians.

Food and nutrition scientific staff at Health Canada integrate gender, diversity and intersectionality focused practices so that policies and regulations are more effective for sub-populations at risk of further health inequities such as those with limited health literacy and/or knowledge of at least one official language. Efforts to apply intersectional analysis to the many layers of our work contributes to health research, policies, programs, and regulations that will improve the quality of life Canadians and effectively create a more inclusive society.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Integrating a Health Literacy Lens into Nutrition Labelling Policy in Canada

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Health Canada contacted researchers to develop a questionnaire to assess food literacy which will build the Department's understanding of food knowledge, skills, behaviours and attitudes. Health Canada initiated the development of short questionnaires to assess adherence to Canada's Food Guide. One questionnaire will assess the food choices guidance of Canada's Food Guide (what people eat) and the other will assess guidance on food habits (how people eat). The questionnaires were cognitively tested and will be validated among English and French speaking Canadians via an online platform in order to reach diverse populations from various locations. Efforts were made to ensure different sex and cultural groups were recruited based on the percentages outlined in Canadian census data. The GBA Plus data collected using these questionnaires will provide information related to areas for improvement and future policy development related to healthy eating across diverse groups in the Canadian population.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 22: Air Quality

The Air Quality Program supports actions to improve air quality and health for all Canadians. Key activities include research on exposure of Canadians to air pollution and the health impacts of air pollution; assessments of the health risks from air pollutants and pollutant sources; and quantification of the health benefits from actions to improve air quality. This information is made available to stakeholders including governments, industry, health professionals and directly to the public.

Infographic for Air Quality

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

As per above, the Air Quality Program generally benefits all Canadians by supporting actions to improve air quality and health. In terms of measuring key impacts, the Air Quality Program monitors the proportion of deaths that can be attributed to two major air pollutants: ground-level ozone (O3) and fine particulate matter (PM2.5), by age, sex and region. Key results show:

  • There are no substantial differences in mortality attributable to air pollutants for people aged 65 years or older when compared with the general population.
  • Both males and females show increasing trends in deaths attributable to (O3), while females show a decreasing trend for PM2.5. There is no known explanation for sex differences in deaths due to air pollution.
  • Ontario shows fewer deaths attributable to (O3), whereas Western Canada shows fewer deaths attributable to PM2.5

Supplementary Information Sources:

Air Health Trends

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The Air Quality Program will continue to study and assess health effects attributable to air pollution, including sex- and gender-specific health endpoints (most notably a significant focus on studying the impacts on pregnant persons and birth outcomes). These results will enable reporting as appropriate.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 23: Climate Change

The purpose of the Climate Change Program is to increase the knowledge, capacity, and tools on climate change and health risks available to healthcare and public health professionals, emergency preparedness officials and provincial and local decision-makers across Canada, as well as by increasing the level of awareness among Canadians of extreme heat health risks.

Infographic for Climate Change

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

As per above, the Climate Change Program generally benefits all Canadians by increasing awareness of climate change and health risks, and supporting climate change resiliency. Data on key impacts is not available at this time, but there is a GBA Plus data collection plan (see below).

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The Climate Change Program is planning to begin reporting on priority climate-related health impacts by certain sub-groups (e.g., sex and age) starting in 2021-22. The Program also conducts public opinion research on the health impacts of climate change every five years, and will consider whether it would be appropriate to report the results by certain sub-groups (e.g., gender and Indigeneity) in the development of the next survey.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 24: Water Quality

The objective of the Water Quality Program is to help manage potential risks to the health of Canadians associated with water quality. Specifically, the Program works with other federal government departments and agencies, provinces and territories to establish the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality. These guidelines are endorsed through a federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) collaborative process, and are used by all FPT jurisdictions in Canada as the basis for establishing their drinking water quality requirements.

Infographic for Water Quality

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

As per above, the Water Quality Program generally benefits all Canadians by developing guidelines that are used by all FPT jurisdictions in Canada as the basis for establishing their drinking water quality requirements.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The provision of safe drinking water in Canada is the responsibility of provinces and territories and other federal government departments and agencies (e.g., Correctional Service Canada), as applicable. Indigenous Services Canada administers the Government of Canada's role related to safe drinking water on First Nations reserves. When developing drinking water quality guidelines, the Water Quality Program considers health endpoints related to at-risk populations and sex, when available, most notably the impacts on pregnant persons and birth outcomes. The Program is also actively collaborating with other federal health risk assessment programs to identify ways to enhance GBA Plus considerations in water risk assessments; however, given the mandate of this Program to provide guidance to those responsible for providing safe drinking water in Canada, GBA Plus data collection would not be an appropriate means of measuring Program performance or impact.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 25: Health Impacts of Chemicals

The Health Impacts of Chemicals Program aims to protect the health of Canadians, through the assessment and management of health risks associated with environmental contaminants.

Infographic for Health Impacts of Chemicals

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

The Health Impacts of Chemicals Program uses risk management performance measurement to assess the extent to which its risk management activities have reduced the potential for exposure to harmful substances. When the Program's risk assessment of a substance identified a particular risk to a sub-group (e.g., infants or pregnant persons), risk management actions are put in place to address those risks, and performance measurement examines the extent to which the potential exposure has been reduced for this identified sub-group. For example, the Program's risk management performance evaluation on Bisphenol A (BPA) found that the Government of Canada's risk management activities lead to a 96% decrease between 2008 and 2014 in exposure to BPA for infants who were bottle-fed formula. These studies are conducted once sufficient time has passed to reasonably expect to see the effects of implemented risk management activities, and when the specific data required is available.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Performance Measurement for Toxic Substances

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Upcoming public opinion research (starting in 2021-22) will help to determine the awareness, knowledge and behaviours of Canadians around chemicals and pollutants in and around the home, and will take into account SGBA Plus. This national survey will provide data for different subpopulations (e.g., by gender) to effectively tailor engagement and outreach activities, and serve as a baseline to measure outreach performance.

The Health Impacts of Chemicals Program will also continue to study and assess health effects attributable to toxic substances, including sex- and gender-specific health endpoints (most notably a significant focus on studying the impacts on pregnant persons and birth outcomes). The Program is also developing tools to better integrate SGBA Plus principles into its risk assessment activities. These tools will help the Program better recognize these populations, tailor its risk-management activities, and inform assessments of Program effectiveness in protecting these populations, as appropriate.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 26: Consumer Product Safety

The Consumer Product Safety Program's objective is to manage the potential health and safety risks posed by consumer products and cosmetics in the Canadian marketplace. The Program identifies, assesses, manages and communicates health or safety risks associated with consumer products and cosmetics to Canadians.

Infographic for Consumer Product Safety

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Number of domestic incident reports of a child ingesting an e-liquid

610- 616* (2019)

  1. Domestic incident reports that the Program received from consumers and industry
  2. Data from hospitals (e.g., Canadian Hospitals Injury Reporting and Prevention Program)
  3. Data from Canadian poison control centres

* To protect patient privacy, when a Canadian poison control centre has a call count of less than five in their calculations, they report a range of 1-4 calls instead.

E-liquid is the mixture used in vaping products such as e-cigarettes and generally consists of propylene glycol, glycerin, water, nicotine and flavourings.

The 2019 result reported is likely an over-estimate because it includes all reports received from poison control centres involving a child being exposed to an e-liquid. It is unknown how many of these reports involved the ingestion of e-liquid.

The impact of the Consumer Product Safety Program will be assessed over time as data collection for this indicator continues.

Key Impacts: Other

As per above, the Consumer Product Safety Program generally benefits all Canadians by helping to protect them from the potential health and safety risks posed by consumer products and cosmetics in the Canadian marketplace.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The Consumer Product Safety Program will continue working with departmental GBA Plus experts to explore the potential for additional GBA Plus data collection that would provide meaningful data regarding Program impact.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 27: Workplace Hazardous Products

The objective of the Workplace Hazardous Products Program is to ensure that suppliers provide critical health and safety information on hazardous chemicals to workers, the target population for the program. It therefore helps Canadian workers who come into contact with workplace chemicals have the information they need to protect themselves.

Infographic for Workplace Hazardous Products

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

As per above, the Workplace Hazardous Products Program generally benefits all Canadian workers by ensuring that suppliers provide critical health and safety information on hazardous chemicals to workers.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The mandate of the Workplace Hazardous Products Program is to ensure that suppliers provide critical health and safety information on hazardous chemicals to workers. Specifically, the Program supports comprehensive and accessible labels and safety data sheets for hazardous products, oversees the process for exempting confidential business information, and coordinates the delivery of a compliance and enforcement program. It does not administer the requirements for occupational health and safety. GBA Plus is considered in the delivery of the Program (e.g., in policy and cost-benefit analysis, and regulatory decision-making); however, given the mandate of this Program to require that industry provide labels and safety data sheets to all workers, GBA Plus data collection would not be an appropriate means of measuring Program performance or impact.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 28: Tobacco Control

The objective of Canada's Tobacco Strategy, led by Tobacco Control Program, is to reduce tobacco use in Canada to less than 5% by 2035 through efforts to prevent the uptake of tobacco use and to help smokers quit. The Program also addresses the health risks associated with vaping product use and works to prevent usage among youth and non-smokers.

Infographic for Tobacco Control

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent men N/A N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Prevalence of Canadians (aged 15+) who currently smoke cigarettes by gender.

Overall = 15%

Females = 13%

Males = 18%

Canadian Community Health Survey (CCHS) 2019

N/A
Prevalence of Canadians (aged 15+) who currently smoke cigarettes by sexual orientation.

Heterosexual = 15%

Homosexual = 21%

Bi- or pan sexual = 27%

CCHS 2019 N/A
Prevalence of Canadians (aged 15+) who currently smoke cigarettes by household income quintile.

Lowest (first): 23%

Second: 18%

Third: 16%

Fourth: 13%

Fifth (highest): 11%

CCHS 2019 N/A

Key Impacts: Other

The Tobacco Control Program monitors trends based on socio-demographic characteristics and considers targeted measures to address high prevalence rates amongst population groups, as appropriate. For example, the Program works to address concerns regarding the rising rates in youth vaping and aims to protect youth and non-users of tobacco products from nicotine addiction.

The Program has also initiated sessions for program staff to discuss the integration of SGBA Plus principles into policy and program decision-making as well as seminars on the SGBA Plus findings of the Canadian Community Health Survey and the Canadian Tobacco and Nicotine Survey. Training on diversity and inclusion has also been provided to all Tobacco Control program employees. Training will improve the ability of the program to tailor programs with an SGBA Plus lens.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Health Fact Sheets, Smoking 2019 (includes data disaggregated by age group and geography)

Canadian Tobacco and Nicotine Survey (CTNS): summary of results for 2019

Canadian Community Health Survey (2019)

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Tobacco Control GBA Plus data collection plans include collaborating with Statistics Canada to assess key aspects of tobacco use through population health surveys, such as the Canadian Community Health Survey (CCHS) and the Canadian Tobacco and Nicotine Survey (CTNS). These surveillance tools allow for the analysis of the distribution of smoking and vaping behaviours among the Canadian population, including the identification of subgroups with high prevalence rates. The program has also developed and implemented supplementary surveillance projects, such as public opinion research to gather knowledge and attitudes about tobacco and vaping products from Canadians, considering the age, language, location and other characteristics of participants. This approach allows the program to respond to emerging policy issues and to identify key populations and targeted interventions and initiatives for groups, such as young adults who smoke cigarettes as well as youth and young adults who use vaping products.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 29: Controlled Substances

The Controlled Substances Program authorizes legitimate activities with controlled substances and precursor chemicals, while managing the risks of diversion and associated harms that could affect public health and safety. The Program regulates manufacturing, medical, and scientific industries on the possession, production, provision and disposition of controlled substances and precursor chemicals.

Infographic for Controlled Substances

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Percentage of Canadians (age 15+) who engaged in problematic use of legal drugs by sex and overall population.

Overall: 0.5%

Male: 0.5%

Female: 0.4%

Statistics Canada, Canadian Tobacco, Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CTADS), 2015.

To be updated with 2019 Canadian Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CADS) data when available
As the data collection frequency for this indicator varies, most recent year of data has been reported.
Percentage of males who reported having 5 or more drinks, or females who reported having 4 or more drinks, on one occasion, at least once a month in the past year (Heavy Drinking).

Overall: 16.6%

Female: 13.3%

Male: 19.9%

Statistics Canada, 2019 Canadian Community Health Survey (CCHS) 2020 CCHS results are not available yet (expected in 2021).
Total apparent opioid toxicity deaths (by sex/gender and overall) per 100, 000.

Overall: 16.5%

Female: 25%

Male: 75%

Health Infobase Canada, 2020 N/A
Percentage of apparent opioid toxicity deaths by age group

0 to 19 = 2%

20 to 29 = 18%

30 to 39 = 27%

40 to 49 = 23%

50 to 59 = 21%

60 years or more = 9%

Health Infobase Canada, 2020 N/A

Key Impacts: Other

The distribution of benefits related to some of the key impacts listed above is aggregated according to demographic groups (i.e. age, sex and gender) that the program targets.

Health Canada employees continue to use SGBA Plus while reviewing and developing policies and practices to consider equitable access to health and harm reduction services, such as supervised consumption sites and overdose prevention sites. Employee knowledge of SGBA Plus has been supported and reinforced through training, such as the Department for Women and Gender Equality Canada's Introduction to GBA Plus training.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

In 2019, the Canadian Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CADS) replaced the Canadian Tobacco Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CTADS). For the next Survey cycle, which has been delayed to 2022 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, questions and language regarding sex and gender in CADS will be revised/updated to better support data and trend analysis going forward.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 30: Cannabis

The Cannabis Program supports the Government of Canada in the administration of the Cannabis Act and associated regulations, which strictly regulates activities with cannabis, including its production, sale, import/export and possession.

Infographic for Cannabis

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent men N/A N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior
Key Impacts
Statistics Observed Results Data Source Comment
Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24) who have used cannabis in the last 12 months by sex

Overall = 26.9%

Males = 30.2%

Females = 23.3%

Canadian Tobacco, Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CTADS), 2017.

To be updated with 2019 Canadian Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CADS) data when available.
As the data collection frequency for this indicator varies, most recent year of data has been reported.
Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24) who have used cannabis in the last 12 months by age group

15-17: 14.2%

18-24: 31.4%

Canadian Tobacco, Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CTADS), 2017.

To be updated with 2019 Canadian Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CADS) data when available.
As the data collection frequency for this indicator varies, most recent year of data has been reported.

Key Impacts: Other

In 2020-21, Health Canada integrated SGBA Plus into its Public Opinion Research (POR) on cannabis. The resulting report, Understanding Youth and Young Adults' Interest in, and Usage of, Flavoured Cannabis Vaping Products (PDF: 3,233 kb), included analysis of cannabis vaping behaviours, motivators and preferences by information on sex, gender, age, sexual orientation, ethnicity, education and official language minority status, as well as intersections between these variables in order to inform related policy and programming going forward. The results of this research, along with the impact and importance of incorporating SGBA Plus into POR, were presented at a number of Health Canada committee meetings throughout this past year.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Sex, Gender and Cannabis Report (PDF: 1,084 kb)

Understanding Youth and Young Adults' Interest in, and Usage of, Flavoured Cannabis Vaping Products (PDF: 3,233 kb)

Canadian Cannabis Survey

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The Department has continued to collect GBA Plus data on demographic variables such as sex, gender, sexual orientation, age group, and Indigeneity as part of the 2020 edition of the Canadian Cannabis Survey, to enable SGBA Plus and better understand cannabis use and priority populations.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 31: Radiation Protection

The objectives of the Radiation Protection Program are to inform and advise Canadians and Canadian government departments and stakeholders (provinces/territories, health professionals and associations, industry, etc.) about the health risks associated with radiation, and strategies to manage those risks. The key activities of the Program are monitoring environmental and occupational radiation; collaborating with international partners; managing federal nuclear emergency preparedness and response (including plans, procedures and training) for nuclear emergencies that require a coordinated federal response; educating Canadians and stakeholders on the health risks of radon and on risk mitigation strategies; conducting radiation-related research; and regulating radiation emitting devices. In addition, the program is licensed under the Nuclear Safety and Control Act to deliver the National Dosimetry Service, which provides cost-recovered occupational radiation monitoring services to clients.

Infographic for Radiation Protection

Target Population: All Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

The Radiation Protection Program generally benefits all Canadians by helping to reduce the health risks associated with radiation exposure. In terms of measuring the key impacts of the Program, efforts are underway to collect data related to certain types of radiation exposure as case studies. For example, Health Canada assessed Canadians' use of tanning equipment and the prevalence of injuries in the 2019 Canadian Community Health Survey. The survey found that an estimated 3% of Canadians had used indoor tanning equipment in the past year, and 71% of users were female. Females aged 18 to 34 were significantly more prevalent users compared to females aged 45 or older; indoor tanning was higher among people without a university degree; and there were no differences in prevalence by household income or region.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Prevalence of tanning equipment use among Canadians

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

The Radiation Protection Program is planning public opinion research to determine Canadians' attitudes and knowledge about the risks from radiation emitting devices, and is working with departmental GBA Plus experts to consider collecting disaggregated data to support GBA Plus.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 32: Pesticides

The objective of the Pesticides Program is to protect the health and safety of Canadians and the environment relating to the use of pesticides.

Infographic for Pesticides

Target Population: Individual Canadians

Distribution of Benefits:

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A Broadly gender-balanced N/A N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

When a pesticide is being evaluated for its potential risks to human health, the Pest Control Products Act requires Health Canada to take into account greater risks that chemicals may pose to groups based on differences in biology and behaviour (e.g., differences due to sex, gender, age and occupation). If the health and environmental risks of a pesticide cannot be mitigated, the product will not be registered for use in Canada. Consideration of at-risk groups, including pregnant persons, infants, children, women and seniors, is a requirement of the Pest Control Products Act.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Factsheet: Sex- and Gender-based Considerations in the Scientific Risk Assessment of Pesticides in Canada

For more information, regulatory decisions can be found in the Pesticides and Pest Management Reports and Publications portion of Canada.ca.

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

Companies applying to register a pesticide must provide Health Canada with substantial data from health and environmental studies in accordance with internationally accepted scientific standards. Health Canada scientists evaluate potential risks to human health and the environment based on the data provided. Health Canada requests additional information from the applicant if necessary.

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Inventory 33: Specialized Health Services & Internationally Protected Persons Program

The Specialized Health Services consists of the Employee Assistance Services (EAS), which delivers the Employee Assistance Program (EAP) through a network of contracted mental health professionals; and the Public Service Occupational Health Program (PSOHP), which provides occupational health services and occupational hygiene consultative services to Government of Canada departments and agencies. The Internationally Protected Persons (IPP) Program helps fulfill the Government of Canada's international legal obligations by protecting the health of IPPs (e.g., the Royal Family, heads of state, and other dignitaries) visiting Canada.

Infographic for Specialized Health Services and Internationally Protected Persons Program

Target Population: Eligible federal employees and veterans (and immediate family members)

Distribution of Benefits:

The distribution of benefits for EAP reflects program outcomes as opposed to program targets. The outcome is one in which EAP as one wellness service amongst many is not in a position to fully control.

Distribution of benefits by gender
By gender First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By gender
Men N/A N/A N/A 60 per cent - 79 per cent women N/A Women
Distribution of benefits by income level
By income level First group Second group Third group Fourth group Fifth group By income level
Low N/A N/A No significant distributional impacts N/A N/A High
Distribution of benefits by age group
By age group First group Second group Third group By age group
Youth N/A No significant inter-generational impacts or impacts generation between youth and seniors N/A Senior

Key Impacts: Other

Specialized Health Services Program:

Through the annual Health Canada Public Opinion Research Plan, the Employee Assistance Program (EAP) survey is administered to a randomly selected sample of EAP clients. In 2020-21, 950 clients were surveyed. With regards to the distribution by gender shown above, 15+ years of EAP statistics show that women tend to access EAP more than men, which is a trend in other health and wellness domains.

EAP has used an enhanced capacity building approach to invest in tools and training that will benefit demographics that underutilize employee assistance services such as men, youth and the LGBTQ2S+ community. Examples of those enhancements included:

  • The launch of the Chat Intake Service, which is currently being rolled out to EAP client departments in phases, to eliminate barriers for those hesitant to access the service by phone;
  • Our mental health service providers have and continue to receive LGBTQ2S+ training in order to ensure an open, welcoming, and affirming environment when clients of this community access EAP;
  • Lifespeak continues to expand their digital library of expert-led content focusing on diversity and inclusion (e.g., modules on addressing systemic racism; the LGBTQ2S+ community).

Internationally Protected Persons Program:

As a result of the global restrictions on international travel due to the pandemic during the 2020-21 fiscal year, Health Canada's Internationally Protected Persons Program did not process any health plans for internationally protected visitors. As a result, no key impacts have been identified.

Supplementary Information Sources:

Infographic for Health Canada

GBA Plus Data Collection Plan:

EAP incorporates an SGBA Plus lens in the telephonic survey and will continue with this approach going forward. Data is disaggregated across gender, age, region, language, sexual orientation, and employment equity.

Section 3: Program Links to Gender Results Framework

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Name Program Links to Gender Results Framework
Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy
  • Education and Skills Development
Access, Affordability & Appropriate Use of Drugs & Medical Devices
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Home, Community & Palliative Care
  • Economic Participation and Prosperity
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Mental Health
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Substance Use & Addictions
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Digital Health
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Health Information
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID)
  • Education and Skills Development
Cancer Control
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Patient Safety
  • Education and Skills Development
Organs, Tissues and Blood
  • Education and Skills Development
Promoting Minority Official Languages in the Health Care Systems
  • Education and Skills Development
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Brain Research
  • Education and Skills Development
  • Economic Participation and Prosperity
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Territorial Health Investment Fund (THIF)
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Name Program Links to Gender Results Framework
Pharmaceutical Drugs
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Biologics & Radiopharmaceutical Drugs
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Medical Devices
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Natural Health Products
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Food & Nutrition
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Air Quality
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Climate Change
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Water Quality
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Health Impacts of Chemicals
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Consumer Product Safety
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Workplace Hazardous Products
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Tobacco Control
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Controlled Substances
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Cannabis
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Radiation Protection
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
Pesticides
  • Poverty Reduction, Health and Well-Being
* Programs not listed in the table declared no program links to the Gender Results Framework

Section 4: Program Links to Quality of Life Framework

Core Responsibility 1 – Health Care Systems

Program Name Program Links to Gender Results Framework
Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy
  • Health
  • Society
Access, Affordability & Appropriate Use of Drugs & Medical Devices
  • Health
Home, Community & Palliative Care
  • Prosperity
  • Health
  • Society
Mental Health
  • Health
Substance Use & Addictions
  • Health
Digital Health
  • Health
Health Information
  • Health
Medical Assistance in Dying (MAID)
  • Health
Cancer Control
  • Health
Patient Safety
  • Health
Organs, Tissues and Blood
  • Health
Promoting Minority Official Languages in the Health Care Systems
  • Health
Brain Research
  • Prosperity
  • Health
Thalidomide
  • Health
Territorial Health Investment Fund (THIF)
  • Health

Core Responsibility 2 – Health Protection and Promotion

Program Name Program Links to Gender Results Framework
Pharmaceutical Drugs
  • Health
Biologics & Radiopharmaceutical Drugs
  • Health
Medical Devices
  • Health
Natural Health Products
  • Health
Food & Nutrition
  • Health
Air Quality
  • Health
  • Environment
Climate Change
  • Health
  • Environment
Water Quality
  • Health
  • Environment
Health Impacts of Chemicals
  • Health
  • Environment
Consumer Product Safety
  • Health
Workplace Hazardous Products
  • Health
Tobacco Control
  • Health
Controlled Substances
  • Health
Cannabis
  • Health
Radiation Protection
  • Health
  • Environment
Pesticides
  • Health
  • Environment
* Programs not listed in the table declared no program links to the Quality of Life Framework

Horizontal Initiatives

Addressing the Opioid Overdose Crisis

General information

Name of horizontal initiative

Addressing the Opioid Overdose Crisis

Lead department

Health Canada

Federal partner organization(s)

Canada Border Services Agency
Public Health Agency of Canada
Public Safety Canada
Statistics Canada
Note: Other government departments (e.g., Correctional Service Canada) are supporting the federal response to the overdose crisis. However, they are not captured in this Horizontal Initiative table, as they have not received funding through the Treasury Board Submission "Addressing the Opioid Crisis."

Start date

April 1, 2018

End date

March 31, 2023 and ongoing

Description

Illegal drugs and problematic substance use have always presented health and safety challenges in Canada and around the world. Recently, however, there has been a dramatic rise in the number of opioid-related overdoses and deaths. The people most affected in this overdose crisis continue to be young to middle-aged individuals and men. Deaths are mostly accidental and largely due to the contamination of the illegal drug supply with highly toxic fentanyl and/or fentanyl analogues. Fentanyl is an inexpensive way for drug dealers to make street drugs more powerful and it is causing high rates of overdoses and overdose deaths. A few grains can be enough to cause a fatal overdose.

The federal government's actions to address the overdose crisis are guided by the Canadian Drugs and Substances StrategyFootnote 23, which takes a comprehensive, collaborative, and compassionate approach to substance use issues using a public health lens. The federal government is deeply concerned about the number of overdoses and deaths, and is taking significant actions in areas of federal jurisdiction to address the crisis. However, despite significant efforts to date, the overdose crisis in Canada continues. According to data from the Public Health Agency of Canada, more than 22,828 people lost their lives in Canada between January 2016 and March 2021 to apparent opioid-related overdoses. In addition, it is estimated that approximately 250,000 Canadians do not have access to treatment when seeking help for problematic substance use. Since people who use drugs have traditionally been stigmatized, Canadians struggling with substance use disorder often encounter barriers when accessing health, medical and social services.

While the Government of Canada is taking a number of actions to respond to the overdose crisis, this horizontal initiative is specific to measures announced in Budget 2018 to:

Ultimately, these complementary activities are intended to contribute to a reduction in overdose harms and deaths in Canada.

Governance structures

The Government of Canada has put in place a robust governance structure to facilitate whole-of-government coordination in implementing a comprehensive federal response to the overdose crisis. Each department/agency is responsible for leading its respective initiatives and providing updates to the interdepartmental Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) level Working Group on Opioids chaired by the Associate-ADM of Health Canada's Controlled Substances and Cannabis Branch. This working group is used as a forum for information and consultation on next steps toward a comprehensive, collaborative federal response to the overdose crisis. Updates and decisions from this working group feed into the federal, interdepartmental Deputy Ministers Task Force on the Opioid Crisis as required. This Task Force, chaired by the Deputy Minister of Health Canada, serves as a time-limited forum to provide leadership and oversight of federal initiatives to respond to the overdose crisis. The Task Force will remain an established committee until it is not longer required.

The Government is committed to ongoing collaboration and consultation with provincial and territorial partners. Departments and agencies will provide updates to, and consult with, provincial and territorial colleagues as required through the federal/provincial/territorial (FPT) ADM-level Problematic Substance Use and Harms Committee (PSUH), co-chaired by Health Canada and British Columbia and comprised of ADMs responsible for drug policy in their jurisdiction.

Total federal funding allocated from start to end date (dollars)

$108,794,405 & $17,527,500 ongoing (includes existing funding)Footnote 24

Total federal funding planned spending to date (dollars)

$75,784,000Footnote 25

Total federal actual spending to date (dollars)

$64,600,313

Date of last renewal of initiative

Not applicable

Total federal funding allocated at the last renewal and source of funding (dollars)

Not applicable

Additional federal funding received after last renewal (dollars)

Not applicable

Total planned spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Total actual spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Fiscal year of planned completion of next evaluation

2021-22

Performance highlights

All federal partners work collaboratively to address the overdose crisis in a comprehensive, robust, and effective manner. Planning highlights specific to this horizontal initiative in 2020-21 included:

All federal partners work collaboratively to address the opioid overdose crisis in a comprehensive, robust, and effective manner. This includes initiatives that span the continuum from gathering data and evidence to better understand the opioid crisis, to conducting public education and awareness activities, to supporting prevention and treatment projects, and enhancing enforcement capabilities.

Key achievements in 2020-21 include:

Health Canada

The Department continued ongoing monitoring and support of 22 opioid-related projects funded through SUAP (for the period 2018-19 to 2023-24) targeting prevention and treatment issues. Funded projects located across the country included such activities as: developing curricula, tools and supports related to safe prescribing as well as resources and networks that support health and social service professionals to offer addictions services; increasing access to Opioids Agonist Treatment (OAT) across the country, including training and performance measurement activities; and research activities including the development of best practices in OAT.

Health Canada also launched phase four of a national advertising campaign to address the stigma surrounding people who use drugs and inform Canadians about harm reduction measures. This phase included content on opioid awareness, stigma, and the Good Samaritan Drug Overdose Act over 5.5 weeks from February to March 2021. It built on the previous campaigns, more specifically from those implemented in fall 2018 and winter 2019.

Public Safety Canada

As planned, the Department launched its Drug Stigma Awareness Training for law enforcement agencies across Canada in September 2020. The online training reinforced that substance use disorder is a mental health condition and provides law enforcement personnel with additional tools and resources they can refer to when interacting with individuals who use drugs. The training was hosted on the Canadian Police Knowledge Network website and has been made readily available and free of charge to all law enforcement personnel across Canada until September 2022. Additionally, Public Safety Canada worked with the Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addiction to promote the training and raise awareness of the impacts of drug stigma among law enforcement through a March 2021 webinar.

Due to the ongoing pandemic, Public Safety hosted a virtual fourth Law Enforcement Roundtable on Illicit Drugs in March 2021. Comprised of multiple virtual sessions and building on past roundtables, the event focused on further advancing information-sharing within the law enforcement community around best practices and effective law enforcement responses to the current opioids crisis and other emerging drug threats. With an overarching focus on British Columbian efforts to combat the dual challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic and the opioid crisis, the corresponding the virtual sessions highlighted current and emerging trends in the illicit drug supply change, approaches to diverting people who use drugs away from the criminal justice system, and the challenges of policing in a time of simultaneous public health crises (e.g. overdose crisis and pandemic). Thanks to the online platform, more than 200 participants were able to join representing municipal, provincial and federal police agencies across Canada and the United States as well as representatives from academia, the private sector and government.

The Department continued to work with portfolio partners to advance its illicit drug supply reduction efforts. This included working with partners to bolster efforts to detect and seize mail and parcels containing illegal substances, and curtailing the availability of surface websites and social media platforms that promote the sale of illegal substances as well as equipment used in the manufacture of illicit substances.

Canada Border Services Agency

The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) implemented 41 Designated Safe Examination Areas, exceeding its target of implementing 25 such Areas. As well, all CBSA Officers required to work in these areas were trained and are operational.

CBSA also made progress on developing and implementing its Regional Screening facilities. Two of the locations were 90% complete by year-end and are now operational. Staffing of chemists to operate the facilities progressed having hired three who are currently completing training. In addition, all detection equipment was purchased on time and under budget and plans to communicate about these tools at Screening Facilities have received approval to move to the planning phase. Work continued to progress through the CBSA IT governance process. Lastly, detector dog teams have been integrated as well in postal operations and have demonstrated great success.

Public Health Agency of Canada

All of the ten funded Public Health Officer (PHO) positions are staffed. As well, given the importance and priority of the work, the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) endeavored to provide additional PHOs in four provinces when additional support was requested. Despite numerous COVID-19 related delays and closures, PHAC has continued to advance data collection and analysis for the phase 2 national epidemiological study involving chart review of coroner and medical-examiner files on drug- and alcohol-related acute toxicity deaths. A publication on phase 1 of the national epidemiological study involving qualitative data collection from coroners and medical examiners was drafted.

A total of 24 evidence products were released. These included 12 national surveillance reports on apparent opioid-related deaths and harms, 4 updates of a joint brief with Health Canada on federal actions on opioids. 3 brief reports on opioid-related hospitalizations and harms, 2 releases of modelling opioid-related deaths during COVID-19, and 3 peer-reviewed publications.

Funding and support for provincial and territorial substance-related harms surveillance capacity building initiatives were also renewed with expanded focus on alcohol-related surveillance activities for jurisdictions with a high need to put in place best practices of engaging peers in the development of harm-reduction strategies at the community level.

Statistics Canada

Statistics Canada continued its work in modernizing and enhancing the Canadian Coroners and Medical Examiners Database (CCMED). As it relates to the database itself, Statistics Canada entered into a data-sharing agreement with Newfoundland and Labrador received data for the first time, successfully re-integrated Alberta, Saskatchewan, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia into the database and renewed data-sharing agreements with Ontario, Yukon and the Northwest Territories. In addition to the development of new data sources, collaborations were undertaken with key data users in injury prevention leading to new infographics, analytical articles, and the release of new data tables.

Two additional key developments of the CCMED pertain to continued improvements around timeliness and comprehensiveness. Statistics Canada continues to release data from the CCMED twice per year and will be annually updating linkages of these data to the central data repository to allow for data integration to other datasets such as census, tax, hospital data and additional social domain data. These integrated datasets will allow for a more complete picture of the decedent, providing further insights to the circumstances surrounding deaths, including overdose deaths. Statistics Canada is also leveraging machine learning expertise within the organization, including topic modelling techniques, to look at changes to trends in the unstructured text narrative reports for each death investigation, and to classify information from these free text fields into coded variables for more efficient analysis.

Contact information

Jennifer Novak
Executive Director, Opioid Response Team
Controlled Substances and Cannabis Branch
jennifer.novak@hc.sc.gc.ca
613-816-6478

Horizontal Initiative:

Addressing the Opioid Crisis

Shared outcomes:
Reducing harms and deaths related to opioid use
Name of theme Theme Area 1:
Supporting additional prevention and treatment interventions
Theme Area 2:
Addressing stigma
Theme Area 3:
Taking Action at Canada's Borders
Theme Area 4:
Enhancing the Evidence Base
Internal Services
Theme outcome(s)

Targeted stakeholdersFootnote 1 use evidence-informed informationFootnote 2 on opioid use to change policies, programs, and practice

Increased perception among Canadians of drug use as a public health issue

Enhanced capability to interdict illegal cross-border movement of drugs, such as opioids, at ports of entry

Enhanced quality surveillance data is availableFootnote 3

Not applicable

Health Canada
  • $13,169,264 (top up)
  • $13,000,000 (existing)
  • $7,030,966 (ongoing)
  • $12,456,900 (top up)
  • $10,234,157 (existing)
  • $2,724,238 (ongoing)
Not applicable Not applicable
  • $873,836 (top up)
  • $599,273 (existing)
  • $253,496 (ongoing)
Canada Border Services Agency Not applicable Not applicable
  • $30,254,740 (top up)
  • $4,716,380 (ongoing)
Not applicable
  • $3,125,260 (top up)
  • $664,620 (ongoing)
Public Health Agency of Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
  • $14,928,466 (top up)
  • $1,408,473 (existing)
  • $1,780,979 (ongoing)
  • $971,534 (top up)
  • $11,383 (existing)
  • $114,375 (ongoing)
Public Safety Canada Not applicable
  • $801,132 (top up)
  • $1,038,870 (existing)
  • $3,204,529 (top up)
  • $115,430 (existing)
Not applicable
  • $460,812 (top up)
  • $145,453 (existing)
Statistics Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
  • $1,905,286 (top up)
  • $226,195 (ongoing)
  • $89,606 (top up)
  • $16,251 (ongoing)
Footnote 1

Targeted stakeholders will differ by individual project funded by the Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP) but may include: other levels of government, pan-Canadian health organizations, non-profit organizations, communities or others at the organizational or system level. This target population category relates to initiatives targeting organization, system or policy and practice change.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Evidence-informed information is evidence from research, practice and experience used to inform and improve opioid-related policy, programs, practice and behaviour (e.g., curriculum, reports, guidelines, literature, and program materials).

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Public health surveillance is the continuous, systematic collection, analysis and interpretation of health-related data needed for the planning, implementation, and evaluation of public health practice. In the context of opioid-related harms, this involves collecting data on health outcomes/events, including suspected overdoses and deaths, socio-demographic variables and risk factors.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Performance Information

Horizontal Initiative Overview 4

2020-21 Departmental Results Report – Horizontal Initiatives
Name of horizontal initiative Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal 2020-21 Planned spending 2020-21 Actual spending Horizontal initiative shared outcome(s) 2020-21 Performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020-21 Target(s) Date to achieve target 2020-21 Actual results

Addressing the Opioid Crisis

HC:
$50,333,430
CBSA:
$33,380,000
PHAC:
$17,319,856
PS:
$5,766,227
StatCan:
$1,994,892
HC:
$9,009,000
CBSA:
$5,313,000
PHAC:
$4,971,848
PS:
$1,018,563
StatCan:
$480,000
HC:
$12,134,666
CBSA:
$5,983,670
PHAC:
$4,071,577
PS:
$730,172
StatCan:
$432,384

Reduced harms and deaths related to opioid use.

Number of hospital admissions due to opioid poisoning (including overdoses) per 100,000 population (by gender, age, region)

Canadian Institute of Health Information

Quarterly

% reductionFootnote 1

March 31, 2021

Hospitalizations:
2020: 17.7
(above baseline) 2021: TBD once data is released on Sept 22, 2021 (above baseline)

Number of apparent opioid-related deaths per 100,000 population (by gender, age, region)

Canadian Institute of Health Information

Quarterly

Deaths:
2020: 17.2
(above baseline)
2021: TBD once data is released on Sept 22, 2021

Footnote 1

Decrease in deaths/harms compared to baseline year over year to 2021. Baseline for hospital admissions: 16.4 per 100,000 population in 2017. Baseline for apparent opioid-related deaths: 10.9 per 100,000 population in 2017.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme Horizontal Initiative Activities - Theme 1 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 20120–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 1: Supporting Additional Prevention and Treatment Interventions HC:
$26,169,264
HC:
$6,039,542
HC:
$9,803,517
Targeted stakeholdersFootnote 1 use evidence-informed informationFootnote 2 on opioid use to change policies, programs, and practice Percentage of targeted stakeholders reporting that they made evidence- informed improvements to opioid use policies, programs and practice (by type of improvementFootnote 3)Footnote 4 Performance and Progress Report submitted by SUAP funding recipients Annual 70% March 31, 2024 67%
Footnote 1

Targeted stakeholders will differ by individual project funded by the Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP) but may include: other levels of government, pan-Canadian health organizations, non-profit organizations, communities or others at the organizational or system level. This target population category relates to initiatives targeting organization, system or policy and practice change.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Evidence-informed information is evidence from research, practice and experience used to inform and improve opioid-related policy, programs, practice and behaviour (e.g., curriculum, reports, guidelines, literature, program materials).

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Types of improvement is a reference to data that will be submitted to Health Canada by funded SUAP projects broken down by policy, program or practice change. Examples could include adopting policies to ensure the meaningful involvement of people with lived experience; changes to programs to make them more culturally relevant or trauma-informed; and practice changes that improve treatment service such as adopting current national opioid treatment guidelines.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

This indicator is being retired as SUAP no longer reports on this indicator in the Controlled Drugs and Substances Strategy (CDSS) Performance Information Profile (PIP). The indicator will be replaced in the 2021-22 Departmental Plan with the percentage of targeted stakeholders who reported that they intend to use/used knowledge/skills related to substance use provided by projects funded through SUAP.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Theme 1 Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada Controlled Substances Expanded contribution funding $26,169,264 $6,039,542 $9,803,517 ER 1.1.1 Targeted stakeholders and Canadians are equipped with the capacity (knowledge, skills and supports) to inform their decisions and actions related to opioid useFootnote 1 PI 1.1.1 % of targeted stakeholders and Canadians reporting that they have the social and physical supports they need related to opioid use Performance and Progress Report submitted by SUAP funding recipients Annual T 1.1.1
70%
TBD
March 31, 2024March 31, 2021March 31, 2021March 31, 2022March 31, 2021
AR 1.1.1
See footnote 4 Footnote 4
PI. 1.1.2 % of targeted stakeholders reporting that they made evidence- informed improvements to opioid use policies, programs and practice Performance and progress report templates submitted by SUAP funding recipients Annual T 1.1.2
70%
AR 1.1.2 See footnote Footnote 1
ER 1.1.2 Targeted stakeholders use evidence-informed information on opioid use to change policies, programs, and practice
Footnote 1

This indicator is being retired as SUAP no longer reports on it in the CDSS PIP and it only collects this data in the tobacco and cannabis programs. The indicator will be replaced in the 2021-22 Departmental Plan with "the percentage of targeted stakeholders who report that they intend to use knowledge/skills related to substance use provided by projects funded through SUAP" to more accurately measure and report results involving opioid use.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 2 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal* 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 2: Addressing Stigma HC:
$22,691,057
PS:
$1,840,003
HC:
$2,723,499
PS:
$240,952Footnote 1
HC:
$2,085,190
PS:
$178,683
Increased perception among Canadians of drug use as a public health issue Percentage of Canadians who believe that the opioid crisis in Canada is a public health issue Earnscliffe Strategy Group's survey and qualitative research on opioid awareness, knowledge and behaviours for public education (2017; 2019; 2021) Bi-annual Public Opinion Research in development for October/November 2021 Increase by 5 percentage pointsFootnote 2 March 31, 2021 HC:
Mid-point results showed 80% of AR 2.1.1 and 40% of AR 2.1.2 reached as of July 2019 Footnote 3.
Footnote 1

Total funding includes Salary, O&M, G&C and centrally held funds used to support this theme. Internal services cost are not included in this amount.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Baseline: 74% in 2017

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Updated public research data expected fall 2021 to report on activity outcomes up to March 31, 2021.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Theme 2 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada Controlled Substances Public education campaign $22,691,057 $2,723,499 $2,085,190 ER 2.1.1 Increased sympathy among Canadians for people using opioids PI 2.1.1 Percentage of Canadians who have sympathy for people using opioids Earnscliffe Strategy Group's survey and qualitative research on opioid awareness, knowledge and behaviours for public education (2017; Bi-annual Public Opinion Research in development for October/November 2021 T 2.1.1 Increase by 5 percentage points March 31, 2020 AR 2.1.1
25% of Canadians surveyed have sympathy for people using opioids as of July 2019, representing a 4% increase from the 2017 baseline.
ER 2.1.2 Increased perception among Canadians of drug use as a public health issue PI 2.1.2 Percentage of Canadians who believe that opioid-related substance use disorder is a disease Earnscliffe Strategy Group's survey and qualitative research on opioid awareness, knowledge and behaviours for public education (2017; 2019; 2021) Bi-annual Public Opinion Research in development for October/November 2021 T.2.1.2 Increase by 5 percentage points March 31, 2021 AR 2.1.2
There was a 2% increase to 63% of Canadians surveyed who believe opioid-related substance use disorder is a disease as of July 2019.
Public Safety Countering Crime De-stigmatization awareness training for law enforcement $1,840,003 $240,952 $178,683 ER 2.2 Increased awareness and support amongst law enforcement community about de-stigmatization of people who use opioids PI 2.2
Percentage of police service members who completed the online course
Canadian Police Knowledge Network tracking of completed training sessions Annually T 2.2
25% of eligible police service members
March 31, 2020Footnote 1 AR 2.2 Completed the development of its stigma awareness training materials for law enforcementFootnote 2.
Footnote 1

The date to achieve the target has been revised to March 31, 2023 to account for the continued impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on police training activities.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Launch of the awareness training materials deferred to Fall 2020 due to unforeseen COVID-19 pressures on first responders.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme 3 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal* 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 3: Taking Action at Canada's Borders PS:
$3,319,959
CBSA:
$30,254,740
PS:
$663,805Footnote 1
CBSA:
$4,494,999
PS:
$437,683
CBSA:
$5,165,669
Enhanced capability to interdict illegal cross-border movement of drugs, such as opioids, at ports of entry Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, using detector dogs (compared to random resultant rate) Commercial and Trade Branch Ongoing A target will be established in 2021-22, once a baseline has been established. The objective will be to maintain or exceed previous years' results March 31, 2021 4.5%
Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, resulting from targeted examinations (compared to random resultant rate)
Footnote 1

Total funding includes Salary, O&M, G&Cs and centrally held funds used to support this theme. Internal services cost are not included in this amount.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 3 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Public Safety Countering Crime Information sharing with law enforcement and international partners $3,319,959 $663,805 $ 437,683 ER 3.1 Increased knowledge generation and sharing of information on targeted issues related to reducing the illegal supply of opioids in Canada PI 3.1 Percentage of completed planned engagement activities with law enforcement community, stakeholders and partners to address policy issues related with the illegal supply of opioids Public Safety Staff Tracking Annually T 3.1
100%
March 31, 2020 AR 3.1Footnote 1
100%
Canada Border Security Agency Commercial-Trade
Facilitation and Compliance
Equipping safe examination areas and regional screening facilities $1,638,673 $216,960 $489,858Footnote 2 ER 3.2.1 Increased capacity to identify high-risk goods at ports of entry PI 3.2.1.1 Number of designated safe examination areas, allowing ports of entry to be equipped to identify, detect, and interdict opioids Commercial and Trade Branch Ongoing T 3.2.1.1
25
March 31, 2020 AR 3.2.1.1 23Footnote 3
Force Generation $2,153,613 $386,430 $386,430 Human Resource Branch Ongoing
Buildings and Equipment $11,353,992 $512,201 $2,564,106Footnote 4 Commercial and Trade Branch Ongoing
Field Technology Support $7,951,329 $2,168,392 $671,760Footnote 5 PI 3.2.1.2 Percentage of CBSA officers at ports of entry identified for safe examinations training that have completed the required training SRE&D Branch Ongoing T 3.2.1.2 100% March 31, 2023 AR 3.2.1.2
100%Footnote 6
PI 3.2.1.3 Number of items per year of suspected opioid-containing packages sampled and identified at safe sampling areas (outside of the laboratory) SRE&D Branch SRE&D Branch T 3.2.1.3 1,000 March 31, 2020 AR 3.2.1.3
525 items were sampled.Footnote 7
Targeting Augmenting intelligence and risk assessment capacity $2,041,704 $296,038 $509,685Footnote 8 ER 3.2.2 Increased ability to risk assess and identify high risk shipments PI 3.2.2 Number of streams/risk rules supporting advanced risk assessment Intelligence and Enforcement Branch Insert text T. 3.2.2
1 multi-mode pre-arrival stream with five active risk rules
March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.2Footnote 9
Original stream built did not perform as well as expected. An upcoming pilot will be used to provide additional data.
Intelligence Collection and Analysis $3,284,279 $660,198 $416,873Footnote 10 ER 3.2.3 Increased communications related to threat assessment information and intelligence provided to personnel and partnering agencies PI 3.2.3 Number of intelligence products produced by the CBSA Intelligence and Enforcement Branch Annual - Manual Count and Collection T.3.2.3 Increase by 10% March 31, 2023 AR 3.2.356 Opioid Intelligence products were producedFootnote 11
(6 products completed in 2019-20)
Commercial-Trade Facilitation and Compliance Enhancement of Detector Dog Program $1,831,150 $254,780 $126,957Footnote 12 ER 3.2.4 Enhanced capability to interdict illegal cross-border movement of drugs, such as opioids, at postal locations PI 3.2.4.1 Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, using detector dogs (compared to random resultant rate) Commercial and Trade Branch Ongoing – information is entered into CBSA system on a daily basis T 3.2.4.1
Baseline – 2020-21: 3.00%
March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.4.1
4.5%
PI 3.2.4.2 Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, resulting from targeted examinations (compared to random resultant rate)     T 3.2.4.2 TBD March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.4.2Footnote 13
Footnote 1

Public Safety hosted the fourth Law Enforcement Roundtable on Drugs online in March 2021. The event focused on further advancing information-sharing amongst the law enforcement community around best practices and effective responses to the current opioid crisis and other emerging drug threats.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Positive variance is attributed to miscoding from other Program Inventories. This will be corrected moving forward.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

The target was for 25 new locations implemented. Due to COVID-19 and the implications of travel restrictions and access to locations 23 of the 25 were completed. Year to date CBSA has implemented 56 locations, which is ahead of schedule.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

The planned spend does not include any revised spending due to Carry forwards. This includes $1.2M for the construction of Designated Safe Sampling Areas (Vancouver, Toronto, Montréal) of which $900k was spent. It also included $200k for additional fume hood purchases to provide the inventory required to meet CBSA commitments. $1.27M of salary was miscoded and should have been coded against Field Technology support.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

Positive variance is attributed to $1.27M of salary being miscoded to buildings and equipment. See footnote 19.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

100% of officers are trained before each site becomes operational.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Footnote 7

Approximately 525 exhibits sampled and identified at the Toronto Designated Safe Sampling Areas from October 2020 to March 2021, which is when the facility became operational. The Montreal and Vancouver Designated Safe Sampling Areas were delayed due to COVID-19 and are planned to be operational for 2021 Q2

Return to footnote 7 referrer

Footnote 8

Negative variance is attributed to miscoding of $194k in salary. Actual direct spending should be $267k plus additional charges associated with EBP/PSPC/SSC. This will be corrected moving forward.

Return to footnote 8 referrer

Footnote 9

The stream will be improved as new postal and resultant data becomes available by refining the risk indicators. New iterations will be implemented through Q1 2021-22 to Q4 2022-23.

Return to footnote 9 referrer

Footnote 10

Positive variance is attributed to miscoding in item 9. The addition of the $194k from item 9 would equate to a direct spend of $610k.

Return to footnote 10 referrer

Footnote 11

Products are produced by the various regions and national headquarters. A manual count is required to calculate the total products.

Return to footnote 11 referrer

Footnote 12

Positive variance is attributed to salaries being miscoded. Teams are fully operational.

Return to footnote 12 referrer

Theme 3 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal* 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 4: Enhancing the Evidence Base PHAC:
$16,336,939
StatCan:
$1,905,286
PHAC:
$4,680,082
StatCan:
$462,579
PHAC:
$3,779,811
StatCan:
$414,963
Enhanced quality surveillanceFootnote 1 data is available Number of opioid-related evidence productsFootnote 2 disseminated publicly Multiple
(PHAC surveillance, CIHI)
Multiple (one-time, quarterly, ongoing) 11 March 31, 2020 Total of 24 publications by PHAC
Percentage of data files published on time PHAC surveillance Quarterly 100% March 31, 2020 Released data for 2006 to 2019 on December 16, 2020.
Footnote 1

Public health surveillance is the continuous, systematic collection, analysis and interpretation of health-related data needed for the planning, implementation, and evaluation of public health practice. In the context of opioid-related harms, this involves collecting data on health outcomes/events, including suspected overdoses and deaths, socio-demographic variables and risk factors.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Includes national reports, peer-reviewed (scientific) journal articles, infographics, factsheets, and related analytical products.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme 4 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Public Health Agency of Canada Evidence for Health Promotion, and Chronic Disease and Injury Prevention Expansion of public health surveillance $16,336,939 $4,680,082 $3,779,811 ER 4.1 Enhanced quality surveillance data is available PI 4.1 Number of opioid-related evidence products disseminated publicly (PHAC surveillance, CIHI) Multiple (one-time, quarterly, ongoing) T 4.1
11
March 31, 2020 AR 4.1
PHAC published 24 total products.
Statistics Canada Socio-economic Statistics Re-design and operation of the Canadian Coroner and Medical Examiner Database (CCMED) $1,905,286 $462,579 $414,963 ER 4.2 Increased use and relevance of CCMED among stakeholders PI 4.2 Percentage of clients satisfied with statistical information from CCMED Statistics Canada Clients Satisfaction Survey Annual T 4.2
83%
March 31, 2023 AR 4.2
87%
Total Spending, All Themes
Theme Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Total federal planned spending 2020–21 Total federal actual spending
Theme 1 $26,169,264 $6,039,542 $9,803,517
Theme 2 $24,531,060 $2,964,451 $2,263,873
Theme 3 $33,574,699 $5,158,804 $5,603,352
Theme 4 $18,242,225 $5,142,661 $4,194,774
Total, all themes $102,517,248 $19,305,458 $21,865,516

Team 1: Comments on Variances

Health Canada

The variance between actual and planned spending is due to the reallocation of funds from other initiatives to address the opioid crisis in Canada.

CBSA

The variance between actual and planned spending is mainly due to reallocation of funds from previous year to build Designated Safe Sampling Areas at the ports of entry across the country, as well as to train and deploy the detector dog teams to conduct random inspection of goods and people.

Public Health Agency Canada

The variance between actual and planned spending is due to COVID-19 related measures caused delays in projects with provinces and territories, and also resulted in a lack of available contractors/facilities. This reduced the overall ability to spend this fiscal and to put planned contracts in place in a timely manner. Furthermore, travel restrictions prevented training, conferences, in-person events, and relocation costs from being incurred.

Public Safety

The variance between actual and planned spending is due to COVID-19 travel restrictions, which directly impacted actual O&M spending.

Supporting Additional Prevention and Treatment Interventions

Expected results

Health Canada

ER 1.1.1 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

ER 1.1.2 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 1.1.1 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

PI 1.1.2 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

Targets

Health Canada

T 1.1.1 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

T 1.1.2 The department continues to identify an appropriate indicator, target and target date. It is anticipated that this work will be completed by spring 2020

Actual results

Health Canada

AR 1.1.1 Not applicable per footnote 10

AR 1.1.2 Not applicable per footnote 11

Theme 2: Addressing Stigma

Expected results

Health Canada

ER 2.1.1 Increased sympathy among Canadians for people using opioids

ER 2.1.2 Increased perception among Canadians of drug use as a public health issue

Public Safety Canada

ER 2.2 Increased awareness and support amongst law enforcement community about de-stigmatization of people who use opioids

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 2.1.1 Percentage of Canadians who have sympathy for people using opioids

PI 2.1.2 Percentage of Canadians who believe that opioid-related substance use disorder is a disease

Public Safety Canada

PI 2.2 Percentage of police service members who completed the online course

Targets

Health Canada

T 2.1.1 Increase by 5 percentage points

T 2.1.2 Increase by 5 percentage points

Public Safety Canada

T 2.2 25% of eligible police service members

Actual results

Health Canada

AR 2.1.1 25% of Canadians surveyed have sympathy for people using opioids as of July 2019, representing a 4% increase from the 2017 baseline

AR 2.1.2 There was a 2% increase to 63% of Canadians surveyed who believe opioid-related substance use disorder is a disease as of July 2019

Public Safety Canada

AR 2.2 Completed the development of its stigma awareness training materials for law enforcementFootnote 26

Theme 3: Taking Action at Canada's Borders

Expected results

Public Safety Canada

ER 3.1 Increased knowledge generation and sharing of information on targeted issues related to reducing the illegal supply of opioids in Canada

Canada Border Services Agency

ER 3.2.1 Increased capacity to identify high-risk goods at ports of entry

ER 3.2.2 Increased ability to risk assess and identify high risk shipments

ER 3.2.3 Increased communications related to threat assessment information and intelligence provided to personnel and partnering agencies

ER 3.2.4 Enhanced capability to interdict illegal cross-border movement of drugs, such as opioids, at postal locations

Performance indicators

Public Safety Canada

PI 3.1 Percentage of completed planned engagement activities with law enforcement community, stakeholders and partners to address policy issues related with the illegal supply of opioids

Canada Border Services Agency

PI 3.2.1.1 Number of designated safe examination areas, allowing ports of entry to be equipped to identify, detect, and interdict opioids

PI 3.2.1.2 Percentage of CBSA officers at ports of entry identified for safe examinations training that have completed the required training

PI 3.2.1.3 Number of items per year of suspected opioid-containing packages sampled and identified at safe sampling areas (outside of the laboratory)

PI 3.2.2 Number of streams/risk rules supporting advanced risk assessment

PI 3.2.3 Number of intelligence products produced by the CBSA

PI 3.2.4.1 Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, using detector dogs (compared to random resultant rate)

PI 3.2.4.2 Percentage of interdictions of drugs, including opioids, resulting from targeted examinations (compared to random resultant rate)

Targets

Public Safety Canada

T 3.1 100%

Canada Border Services Agency

T 3.2.1.1 25

T 3.2.1.2 100%

T 3.2.1.3 1,000

T 3.2.2 1 multi-mode pre-arrival stream with five active risk rules

T 3.2.3 Increase by 10%

T 3.2.4.1 Baseline – 2020-21: 3.00%

T 3.2.4.2 TBD

Actual results

Public Safety Canada

AR 3.1 100%Footnote 27

Canada Border Security Agency

AR 3.2.1.1 23Footnote 28

AR 3.2.1.2 100%Footnote 29

AR 3.2.1.3 525 items were sampledFootnote 30

AR 3.2.2 Original stream built did not perform as well as expected. An upcoming pilot will be used to provide additional dataFootnote 31

AR 3.2.3 56 Opioid Intelligence productsFootnote 32 were produced (56 Opioids Intelligence products were produced)

AR 3.2.4.1 4.5%

AR 3.2.4.2Footnote 33

Theme 4: Enhancing the Evidence Base

Expected results

Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 4.1 Enhanced quality surveillance data is available

Statistics Canada

ER 4.2 Increased use and relevance of CCMED among stakeholders

Performance indicators

Public Health Agency of Canada

PI 4.1 Number of opioid-related evidence productsFootnote 34 disseminated publicly

Statistics Canada

PI 4.2 Percentage of clients satisfied with statistical information from CCMED

Targets

Public Health Agency of Canada

T 4.1 11

Statistics Canada

T 4.2 83%

Actual results

Public Health Agency of Canada

AR 4.1 PHAC published 24 total products

AR 4.2 87%

Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy

General information

Name of horizontal initiative

Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy

Lead department

Health Canada

Federal partner organization(s)
Start Date

April 1, 2017

End Date

March 31, 2022 and ongoing

Description

The Government of Canada is committed to a comprehensive, collaborative, compassionate and evidence-based approach to drug policy, which uses a public health lens when considering and addressing problematic substance use. The Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy (CDSS) is led by the Minister of Health, supported by Health Canada and 14 federal departments and agencies. The CDSS covers a broad range of legal and illegal substances, including cannabisFootnote 35, alcohol, opioidsFootnote 36 and other kinds of substances that can be used problematically. The goal of the strategy is to protect the health and safety of all Canadians by minimizing harms from substance use for individuals, families and communities.

The CDSS has four pillars: prevention, treatment, harm reduction and enforcement, supported by a strong, evidence base. The public health focus of the CDSS, based on four pillars including harm reduction, has enabled the Government to take a comprehensive and evidence-based approach to the current drug overdose crisis and to work toward reducing the harms related to substance use.

The CDSS recognizes that a national approach to substance use requires coordinated efforts from all levels of government working in their respective areas of jurisdiction. It also recognizes the importance of engaging stakeholders including people with lived and living experience. Reducing the stigma experienced by people who use drugs is integral to the CDSS and a priority for the Government of Canada.

Governance structures

The CDSS is led by the Minister of Health. The Strategy is coordinated through the CDSS Director General (DG) Steering Committee that reports to Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs).

The DG Steering Committee is designed to reflect and support the CDSS' comprehensive approach to substance use issues. The Committee is comprised of DGs from federal departments/agencies whose mandates are relevant to drug and substance use (including departments that formally received CDSS funding and those that do not). The Committee meets at least twice a year as well as on an ad hoc basis as needed.

Current federal/provincial/territorial (F/P/T) engagement is achieved through a number of F/P/T mechanisms, including the F/P/T Committee on Problematic Substance Use and Harms that is co-chaired by Health Canada and the Province of British Columbia. Secretariat support for the CDSS is provided by the Controlled Substances Directorate (CSD) within Health Canada.

Total federal funding allocated from 2017-18 to 2021-22

$642,271,740Footnote 36

Total federal funding planned spending to March 31, 2021

$521,662,953

Total federal actual spending to March 31, 2021

$615,907,988

Date of last renewal of initiative

Not applicable

Total federal funding allocated at the last renewal and source of funding (dollars)

Not applicable

Additional federal funding received after last renewal (dollars)

Not applicable

Total planned spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Total actual spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Fiscal year of planned completion of next evaluation

2022-23

Performance highlights

In 2020-21, substance use-related harms continued to cause devastating health and social effects on Canadians from every walk of life. For many people, and in many jurisdictions, the COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated these harms – evidence shows that substance-related hospitalizations and deaths increased in Canada during the pandemic compared to the same period in 2019. According to data from the Public Health Agency of Canada, more than 24,626 people lost their lives in Canada between January 2016 and June 2021 to apparent opioid-related overdoses. Nationally, there were 1,720 apparent opioid toxicity deaths between April and June 2021, similar to the period from January to March 2021 (1,792 deaths), but representing a 2% increase compared to April to June 2020 (1,680 deaths) and a 66%% increase compared to April to June 2019 (1,038 deaths). Health Canada, working with its other federal partners under the CDSS, continued to support efforts to: improve access to treatment and harm reduction services; strengthen enforcement to help reduce the toxic illegal drug supply; increase awareness and prevention efforts; and build the evidence base through federal investments in research and surveillance.

Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, Health Canada implemented critical and timely measures to enable support to the health system to address the needs of people who use substances and those at risk of overdose. For example, the Department facilitated access to medications necessary for opioid agonist treatment (e.g. suboxone and methadone). Health Canada also issued 63 COVID-19 regulatory exemptions to the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (including extensions of those exemptions) to support province, territories and municipalities. This enabled jurisdictions to quickly establish overdose prevention sites to address urgent public health needs in a variety of locations, including in temporary community shelters. Regulatory actions also allowed health practitioners and pharmacists to manage the compounding effects of the overdose crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, in October 2020, the Department extended the subsection 56(1) class exemption from the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act thatallowed health practitioners to verbally prescribe controlled substances, and authorizedpharmacists to prescribe, sell, or provide (including the transfer of prescriptions) controlled substances in limited circumstances. The exemption also allowed individuals to deliver controlled substances, on behalf of a pharmacist, to those in isolation. To facilitate knowledge of these measures, including the various legislative and regulatory exemptions, in May 2020, Health Canada released a tool kit, which allows health care professionals to facilitate flexible models of care during the pandemic. The toolkit contains: prescribing and practice guidelines for the symptoms of withdrawal; information for people who use drugs on medications and treatment supports; and, information for service providers and stakeholders to access a safer, pharmaceutical grade alternative to the toxic illegal drug supply, among other tools.

In spring 2020, following the launch of Health Canada's Controlled Substances E-Services Portal, Health Canada conducted 164 suspicious loss and theft follow ups to contribute to the improved monitoring of legal domestic drug supply chain. Follow up activities were conducted with various types of establishments, such as community and hospital pharmacies, dental surgeons, and veterinary clinics, to increase compliance, improve enforcement and reduce the risk of diversion of controlled substances, prescription drugs and precursor chemicals.

In March 2021, the Minister of Health established an Expert Task Force on Substance Use to provide Health Canada with independent, expert advice and recommendations on the government's drug policy, the CDSS, with the objective of further strengthening the government's approach to substance use. The Task Force also provided advice regarding alternatives to criminal penalties for the simple possession of controlled substances, with the goal of reducing the impacts of criminal sanctions on people who use drugs, while maintaining support for community and public safety. In addition, the final stage of Health Canada's Drug Checking Technology Challenge (DCTC) was completed this year with the selection of a grand prize winner by the DCTC's Judging Panel. Health Canada launched the DCTC in 2018 to improve drug checking technology to allow the community of people who use drugs, and those who support them, to make more informed decisions based on the composition of a drug to reduce harm.

In addition to Health Canada's actions, CDSS partners continued to work to address problematic substance use in Canada in 2020-21. Ongoing key activities include continued efforts to educate and inform Canadians about the negative impacts of stigma towards people who use drugs; promoting Canadian drug policy priorities and public health issues at the international level, including promoting the use of non-stigmatizing approaches at the UN Commission on Narcotic Drugs; and, advancing evidence-based prevention, treatment, harm reduction and drug regulation/enforcement activities. Some key highlights include:

Contact information

Health Canada
Jennifer Saxe
Director General
Controlled Substances and Cannabis Branch
jennifer.saxe@hc-sc.gc.ca
613-816-1739

Horizontal initiative framework: departmental funding by theme (dollars)

Horizontal initiative: Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy

Shared outcomes:

Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy - Shared outcomes
Name of theme Theme Area 1:
Prevention
Theme Area 2:
Treatment
Theme Area 3:
Harm Reduction
Theme Area 4:
Enforcement
Theme Area 5:
Evidence Base
Internal Services
Theme outcome(s) Preventing problematic substance use - note Health Canada is continuing to work with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the prevention theme outcomes. Supporting access to treatment services - note Health Canada is continuing to work with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the treatment theme outcomes. Reduction in risk-taking behaviour among people with problematic drug or substance use. Law enforcement and drug regulation activities - note Health Canada is continuing to work with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the enforcement theme outcomes. Data and research evidence on drugs, and emerging drug trends, are used by members of the federal Health Portfolio and their partners. Not applicable
Health Canada $130,490,598Footnote 1 Not applicable $18,415,181 $94,799,995 $8,520,776 $5,117,712
Canada Border Services Agency Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $11,500,000 Not applicable $6,500,000
Canada Revenue Agency Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $4,209,225 Not applicable $790,775
Canadian Institutes of Health Research Not applicable $6,874,990 Not applicable Not applicable $10,000,000 Not applicable
Correctional Services Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $9,258,480 Not applicable Not applicable
Department of Justice Canada Not applicable $26,479,177 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $42,375
Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $0 Not applicable $0
Global Affairs Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $4,500,000 Not applicable Not applicable
Indigenous Services Canada $14,376,000 $60,357,585 $15,000,000 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Parole Board of Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $7,695,000 Not applicable $1,710,000
Public Health Agency of Canada Not applicable Not applicable $30,000,000 Not applicable $281,720 $45,647
Public Prosecution Service of Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $53,196,935 Not applicable $7,803,065
Public Safety Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $2,942,660 Not applicable $75,710
Public Services and Procurement Canada Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $3,000,000 Not applicable Not applicable
Royal Canadian Mounted Police $11,110,528 Not applicable Not applicable $82,663,397 Not applicable $14,514,209
Footnote 1

The Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP) consolidated funding is reported under the Prevention theme but continues to contribute to both Prevention and Treatment.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Performance information
Horizontal initiative overview
Name of horizontal initiative Total federal funding allocated 2020-21 Planned spending 2020-21 Actual spending Horizontal initiative shared outcome(s) 2020-21 Performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020-21 Target(s) Date to achieve target 2020-21 Actual results
Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy (CDSS)Footnote 1 $642,271,740 $133,443,795 $155,612,898 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to update the shared outcome(s)Footnote 2 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s) Not applicable
Footnote 1

Funding includes internal services and resources for the management of the horizontal initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Health Canada will review and update the Horizontal Initiatives for shared outcomes performance indicator(s), data source, data collection frequency, target(s) and date(s) to achieve target. Changes will be reflected in 2021-22 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme Horizontal Initiative Activities - Theme 1 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 20120–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 1: Prevention $155,977,126 $36,798,669 $29,407,907 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to update the shared outcome(s)Footnote 1 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the performance indicator(s) for this theme Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Footnote 1

Health Canada is reviewing and will update the Theme 1 for shared outcomes performance indicator(s), data source, data collection frequency, target(s) and date(s) to achieve target. The changes will be reflected in 2021-22 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 1 Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada
(HC)
Substance Use and Addictions Program (SUAP) Grants and Contributions Funding $113,937,570Footnote 1 $29,732,399 $23,035,482Footnote 2 ER 1.1.1 PI 1.1.1 Internal Tracking System Annual T 1.1.1 March 31, 2024 AR 1.1.1
ER 1.1.2 PI 1.1.2 T 1.1.2 March 31, 2024 AR 1.1.2
Controlled Substances Problematic prescription drug use (PPDU) $16,553,028 $1,976,940 $1,283,095 ER 1.1.3 PI 1.1.3 ROEB Inspection Reports Annual T 1.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.3
Indigenous Services Canada
(ISC)
Mental Wellness Problematic prescription drug use (PPDU) $14,376,000 $2,900,000 $2,900,000 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3 Not applicableFootnote 3
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
(RCMP)
Federal Policing (FP) Federal Policing Public Engagement (FPPE) $11,110,528 $2,189,330 $2,189,330 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.1 File review of administrative data Annual T 1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.1
PI 1.2.2 T 1.2.2 AR 1.2.2
PI 1.2.3 RCMP Partners and Stakeholder Survey Annual T 1.2.3 AR 1.2.3
PI 1.2.4 File review of administrative data Annual T 1.2.4 AR 1.2.4
PI 1.2.5 T 1.2.5 AR 1.2.5
Footnote 1

This amount represents the global SUAP CDSS budget. The SUAP does not allocate or track funding by CDSS pillar/theme. SUAP funding will be allocated across the prevention and treatment theme areas.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

SUAP actual spending for 2020-21 is based on CDSS spending only, and accounts for reallocations to other funding envelopes in support of CDSS priorities (e.g. funding to the Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addictions and funding for research on the impact of cannabis legalization).

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

This indicator has been retired. ISC is continuing to work with other CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s).

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Theme 2 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal* 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 2:
Treatment
$93,711,752 $18,384,040 $16,328,737 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to update the shared outcome(s)Footnote 1 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the performance indicator(s) for this theme Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Footnote 1

Health Canada will update the Theme 2 for shared outcomes performance indicator(s), data source, data collection frequency, target(s) and date(s) to achieve target. The changes will be reflected in 2021-22 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 2 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Canadian Institutes of Health Research
(CIHR)
Research in Priority Areas Research on Drug Treatment Model $6,874,990 $974,998 $935,000 ER 2.1 PI 2.1 CIHR administrative data (EIS) Annually T 2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 2.1
Department of Justice Canada
(DOJ)
Drug Treatment Court Funding Program Drug Treatment Court Funding Program $18,521,552 $3,746,000 $3,746,000 ER 2.2.1 PI 2.2.1 Drug Treatment Court Information System (DTCIS) Ongoing basis T 2.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 2.2.1
Youth Justice Youth Justice Fund $7,957,625 $1,591,525 $866,023 ER 2.2.2 PI 2.2.2 Internal Excel document Administrative data collected on an ongoing basis T 2.2.2 March 31, 2021 AR 2.2.2
Indigenous Services Canada
(ISC)
Mental Wellness Grants and Contributions - Mental Wellness Program $60,357,585 $12,071,517 $10,781,714 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1 Not applicableFootnote 1
Footnote 1

The indicator has been retired. ISC is continuing to work with other CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s).

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 3 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 3:
Harm reduction
$63,415,181 $13,470,181 $13,067,868 Reduction in risk-taking behaviour among drug or substances users Number of First Nations people and Inuit per community
who received problematic substance use community-based supportsFootnote 1
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable March 31, 2021 Not applicable
Percentage decrease in the number of people who use drugs who report sharing drug use equipment.Footnote 2 Performance measurement reports from Grants and Contributions – Harm Reduction Fund Annually 10% decrease March 31, 2021 AR 3.3
Footnote 1

This indicator has been retired. ISC is continuing to work with other CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s).

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

This performance indicator has been replaced by "Percentage of people who use and share inhalation or injection drug-use equipment who reported the reduction of sharing of drug-use equipment" in the 2021-22 Departmental Plan CDSS Horizontal Initiative. Results will be reported in the 2021-22 Departmental Results Report (DRR) using performance data submitted annually by projects funded through the 2020-21 solicitation of the Harm Reduction Fund and commencing in April 2022. For the 2021-22 DRR, proxy results have been reported, with the possibility of commenting on the results from previous years (2019-20 and 2020-21) in the 2021-22 DRR.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme 3 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada
(HC)
Controlled Substances Strengthening the CDSS $18,415,181 $2,470,181 $3,409,461 ER 3.1 PI 3.1 Internal Tracking System Quarterly T 3.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1
Indigenous Services Canada
(ISC)
Mental Wellness Grants and Contributions -First Nations and Inuit health programming $15,000,000 $4,000,000 $4,000,000 ER 3.2 PI 3.2Footnote 1 Not applicable Not applicable T 3.2 March 31, 2021 AR3.2
Public Health Agency of Canada
(PHAC)
Communicable Diseases and Infections Control Grants and contributions -Transmission of Sexually Transmitted and Blood Borne Infections $30,000,000 $7,000,000 $5,658,407 ER 3.3 PI 3.3 Performance measurement reports from Grants and Contributions – Harm Reduction Fund Annually T 3.3 March 31, 2021 AR 3.3
Footnote 1

This indicator and target have been retired. ISC is continuing to work with other CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s).

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 4 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 4:
Enforcement
$273,765,692 $53,411,055 $86,447,026 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to update the shared outcome(s)Footnote 1 Health Canada is working with the other federal CDSS partners to review and update the performance indicator(s) for this theme Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Footnote 1

Health Canada is reviewing and will update the Theme 4 for shared outcomes performance indicator(s), data source, data collection frequency, target(s) and date(s) to achieve target. The changes will be reflected in 2021-22 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Theme 4 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada
(HC)
Controlled Substances Controlled Substances Directorate Enforcement Activities $31,221,420 $6,244,284 $15,472,201 ER 4.1.1 PI 4.1.1 OCS Service Standard Tracking Sheet Quarterly T 4.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 4.1.1
Regulatory Operations and Enforcement Branch for Compliance and Enforcement Activities $9,753,510 $1,950,702 $1,405,635 ER 4.1.2 PI 4.1.2 ROEB inspection reports Quarterly T 4.1.2 Not applicable AR 4.1.2
Drug Analysis Services $53,825,065 $10,765,013 $14,586,287 ER 4.1.3 PI 4.1.3 Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) Annually T 4.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 4.1.3
ER 4.1.4 PI 4.1.4 Analysis of internal Drug Analysis Service files Annually T 4.1.4 AR 4.1.4
Canada Border Services Agency
CBSA)
Risk Assessment Targeting Intelligence Security Screening $10,500,000 $2,100,000 $2,100,000 ER 4.2.1 PI 4.2 Integrated Customs Enforcement System (ICES) Annually T 4.2 March 31, 2021 T 4.2
ER 4.2.2
Criminal Investigations $1,000,000 $200,000 $200,000 ER 4.2.3
Canada Revenue Agency
(CRA)
Domestic Compliance Small and Medium Enterprises Directorate $4,209,225 $1,018,613 $1,015,313 ER 4.3 PI 4.3 Corporate Administrative Services Annually T 4.3 March 31, 2021 AR 4.3
Correctional Service Canada
(CSC)
Correctional Interventions Case Preparation and Supervision of Provincial Offenders $3,027,280 $747,347 $720,381 ER 4.4 PI 4.4.1 CSC/PBC Data Warehouse Once/year T 4.4.1 March 31, 2021 AR 4.4.1
PI 4.4.2 T 4.4.2 AR 4.4.2
Community Supervision Case Preparation and Supervision of Provincial Offenders $6,231,200 $1,104,350 $751,774 PI 4.4.3 T 4.4.3 AR 4.4.3
Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada
(FINTRAC)
Financial Intelligence Program Financial Intelligence Program $0 $0 $2,373,071 ER 4.5 PI 4.5 Analysis of FINTRAC Financial Intelligence Disclosures Annually T 4.5 Not applicable AR 4.5
Global Affairs Canada
(GAC)
Diplomacy, Advocacy and International Agreements Annual Voluntary Contributions to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) and the Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission (CICAD) of the American States (OAS) $4,500,000 $900,000 $900,000 ER 4.6 PI 4.6.1 Project Performance Measurement Framework Twice a year T 4.6.1 March 31, 2021 AR 4.6.1
PI 4.6.2 T 4.6.2 AR 4.6.2
Parole Board of Canada
(PBC)
Conditional Release Decisions Conditional Release Decisions - (Provincial reviews) $5,557,500 $178,000 $128,000 ER 4.7.1 PI 4.7.1 The automated Offender Management System (OMS) and the Integrated Decision System (IDS)Footnote 1 Annual T 4.7.1 March 31, 2021 AR 4.7.1
Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability (Provincial reviews) $2,137,500 $86,000 $62,000 ER 4.7.2 PI 4.7.2 PBC questionnairesFootnote 2 Every five yearsFootnote 3 T 4.7.2 AR 4.7.2
Public Prosecution Service of Canada
(PPSC)
Drug, National Security and Northern Prosecutions Program Prosecution and Prosecution-related ServicesFootnote 4 $36,219,785 $7,243,957 $896,610 ER 4.8.1 PI 4.8.1.1 Legal Case Management System (iCase) report Annual T 4.8 Not applicable AR 4.8.1.1
AR 4.8.1.2
PI 4.8.1.2
Prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA to which mandatory minimum penalties are applicable $16,977,150 $3,395,430 $28,528,999 ER 4.8.2 PI 4.8.2.1 AR 4.8.2.1
AR 4.8.2.2
PI 4.8.2.2
Public Safety Canada
(PSC)
Law Enforcement National Coordination of Efforts to Improve Intelligence, Knowledge, Management, Research, Evaluation $2,942,660 $588,532Footnote 5 $417,928 Footnote 6 ER 4.9 PI 4.9 Public Safety staff tracking of relevant forums Annually T 4.9 March 31, 2021 AR 4.9
Public Services and Procurement Canada
(PPSC)
Specialized Programs and Services Financial Intelligence Program $3,000,000 $600,000 $600,000 ER 4.10 PI 4.10.1 FAMG's File Inventory Database semi-annually T 4.10 March 31, 2021 AR 4.10
PI 4.10.2 FAMG's internal Quality Assurance and Quality Control database semi-annually
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
(RCMP)
Federal Policing (FP) Investigations Federal Policing Project-Based Investigations $82,663,397 $16,288,827 $16,288,827 ER 4.11 PI 4.11.1 PROS, SPROS, BC PRIME Annual T 4.11 Not applicable AR 4.11.1
AR 4.11.2
AR 4.11.3
PI 4.11.2
PI 4.11.3
Footnote 1

The OMS (Offender Management System) and IDS (Integrated Decision System) are the systems used by Correctional Service Canada (CSC) and Parole Board of Canada (PBC) to support delivery of federal corrections and conditional release.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Those who access Parole Board of Canada (PBC) services.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Analysis of Parole Board of Canada (PBC) questionnaires.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

In the 2020-21 Department Plan CDSS Horizontal Initiative, PPSC's horizontal initiative activities were published in reverse.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

Public Safety Canada updated the amount of its planned spending for 2020-21 to $588,532 (instead of $530,000) to better reflect available resources in the fiscal year.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

Public Safety actual spending for 2021-21, includes Operations and Maintenance (O&M); Salary and Centrally Held Funds.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Theme 5 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 5:
Evidence base
$18,802,496 $4,249,449 $4,350,517 Data and research evidence on drugs, and emerging drug trends, are used by members of the federal Health Portfolio and their partners Percentage of targeted stakeholders reporting that they made evidence- informed improvements to substance use policies, programs and practiceFootnote 1 Performance and progress report templates submitted by SUAP funding recipients Annual 70%Footnote 2 March 31,2024 86%
Footnote 1

This indicator was retired in 2020-21. Health Canada will review and update the Theme 5 performance indicator(s), target(s), data source, data collection frequency, and date(s) to achieve target. The changes will be reflected in 2022-23 Departmental Plan, CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

The 2020-21 Department Plan CDSS Horizontal Initiative, the Theme 5 target and date to achieve the theme target was incorrect; it should have been "TBD – Target and target date will be established by September 2019 following the establishment of an aggregated baseline by June 2019" (instead of 18% by March 31, 2022).

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme 5 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada
(HC)
Controlled Substances Drug Use Surveillance and Monitoring $8,520,776 $2,249,449 $2,576,628 ER 5.1 PI 5.1 United Nations Annual Reporting Questionnaire Annually T 5.1 March 31, 2022 AR 5.1
Canadian Institutes of Health Research
(CIHR)
Horizontal Health Research Initiative Canadian Research Initiative in Substance Misuse (CRISM) $10,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,773,889 ER 5.2 PI 5.2.1 CIHR administrative data (EIS) Annually T 5.2.1 March 31, 2022 AR 5.2.1
PI 5.2.2 End of grant reports (Research Reporting System) and external provider Web of Science (WoS) Annually T 5.2.2 AR 5.2.2
Public Health Agency of Canada
(PHAC)
Emergency Preparedness and Response Chronic Disease and Injury Surveillance $281,720Footnote 1 $0Footnote 2 $0 ER 5.3 PI 5.3 Not applicable Not applicable T 5.3 March 31, 2021 AR 5.3
Footnote 1

The Total Allocation Funding for PHAC for Evidence Base activities have been decreased to $281,720. $562,883 has been reallocated through the 2018-19 Addressing the Opioid Crisis Treasury Board submission. The Actual Results will not be reported in the 2020-21 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative. As well, the Expected Result, Performance Indicator and Target will be removed in the 2021-22 Departmental Plan, CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

The 2020-21 Planned Spending for the PHAC has been decreased to $0. $93,721 has been reallocated through the 2018-19 Addressing the Opioid Crisis Treasury Board submission. The Actual Results will not be reported in the 2020-21 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative. As well, the Expected Result, Performance Indicator and Target will be removed in the 2021-22 Departmental Plan, CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Total Spending, All Themes
Theme Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Total federal planned spending 2020–21 Total federal actual spending
Theme 1 $155,977,126 $36,798,669 $29,407,907
Theme 2 $93,711,752 $18,384,040 $16,328,737
Theme 3 $63,415,181 $13,470,181 $13,067,868
Theme 4 $273,765,692 $53,411,055 $86,447,026
Theme 5 $18,802,496 $4,249,449 $4,350,517
Total, all themes $605,672,247 $126,313,394 $149,602,055
Theme 1: Comments on Variances

Health Canada

Correctional Services Canada

Department of Justice

Financial Transaction and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC)

Parole Board of Canada

Public Health Agency of Canada

Public Prosecution Service of Canada

Public Safety Canada

The variance between planned and actual spending is due to COVID-19 travel restrictions.

Theme 1: Prevention
Expected results

Health Canada

ER 1.1.1 Targeted stakeholders and Canadians are equipped with the capacity (knowledge, skills and supports) to inform their decisions and actions related to substance use.

ER 1.1.2 Targeted stakeholders use evidence-informed information on substance use to change policies, programs, and practice.

ER 1.1.3 Increased compliance and reduced risk of diversion of controlled substances, prescription drugs and precursor chemicals.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

ER 1.2 The RCMP will increase awareness of drugs and illegal substances among stakeholders by developing education products, supporting outreach and engagement efforts, and building new partnerships.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 1.1.1 Percentage of stakeholders and Canadians reporting that they gained knowledgeFootnote 38.

PI 1.1.2 Percentage of targeted stakeholders reporting that they made evidence-informed improvements to substance use policies, programs and practice.Footnote 39

PI 1.1.3 Percentage of pharmacies inspected that are deemed to be compliant with the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (CDSA) and its regulations.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

PI 1.2.1 Number of awareness products.

PI 1.2.2 Number of stakeholders reached.

PI 1.2.3 Percentage of partners and stakeholders who demonstrate an increase in awareness of illegal drugs.

PI 1.2.4 Number of partnerships and collaborations.

PI 1.2.5 Number of new engagement opportunities identified.

Targets

Health Canada

T 1.1.1 70%

T 1.1.2 70%

T 1.1.3 80%

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

T 1.2.1 5 drug related awareness products will be produced and/or updated.

T 1.2.2 Approximately 500 stakeholders will be reached (stakeholders include Police, Public/Youth, and Industry/other stakeholders).

T 1.2.3 50% of partners and stakeholders agree that Federal Policing contributed to an increased awareness/understanding of illegal drugs.

T 1.2.4 At least 3 partnerships/collaborations.

T 1.2.5 5

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 1.1.1 not applicable

AR 1.1.2 86%

AR 1.1.3 84%

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

AR 1.2.1 Three (3) drug-related awareness products were developed and/or updated on the topics of illegal synthetic drug labs, methamphetamine, and fentanyl.

AR 1.2.2 More than 4,841 stakeholders were reached including domestic and international police, other first responders, the health sector, and government representatives.

AR 1.2.3 Forty-three percent (43%) of partners and stakeholders reported an increase in awareness of illegal drugs.

AR 1.2.4 Eight (8) partnerships and/or collaborations were undertaken with domestic and international police services.

AR 1.2.5 One (1) new engagement opportunity identified.

Theme 2: Treatment
Expected results

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

ER 2.1 Support for research in priority areas.

Department of Justice Canada

ER 2.2.1 The criminal justice system supports alternative ways of responding to the causes and consequences of offending.

ER 2.2.2 Increased availability of, and access to, drug treatment services and programs for youth involved in the justice system.

Performance indicators

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

PI 2.1 Percentage of funded research projects with a nature and scope that support CDSS' goals.

Department of Justice Canada

PI 2.2.1 Percentage of Drug Treatment Court participants retained for 6 months or longer in the court-monitored treatment program.

PI 2.2.2 Number of active projects funded under Youth Justice Fund's Drug Treatment component per fiscal year.

Targets

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

T 2.1 100%

Department of Justice Canada

T 2.2.1 50%

T 2.2.2 100% of the budget allocation is committed to support drug treatment programming for youth involved in the justice system.

Actual Results

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

AR 2.1 100%

Department of Justice Canada

AR 2.2.1 68.14% of participants were retained for more than six months in federally funded Drug Treatment Court programs during 2020-2021Footnote 40.

AR 2.2.2 There were 7 active Youth Justice-Drug Treatment (YJ-DT) projects in FY 2020-21Footnote 41.

Theme 3: Harm reduction
Expected results

Health Canada

ER 3.1 Increased availability of harm reduction services.

Indigenous Services Canada

ER 3.2 Reduction in risk-taking behaviour among drug or substances users.

Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 3.3 Reduction in risk-taking behaviour among drug or substances users.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 3.1 Percentage of applications for an exemption to operate a Supervised Consumption Site that received a decision within the service standard from the time the review is complete.Footnote42

Indigenous Services Canada

PI 3.2 Number of First Nations and Inuit communities that deliver harm reduction programming.Footnote 43

Public Health Agency of Canada

PI 3.3 Percentage decrease in the number of people who use drugs who report sharing drug use equipment.

Targets

Health Canada

T 3.1 90%

Indigenous Services Canada

T 3.2 11

Public Health Agency of Canada

T 3.3 10% decrease

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 3.1 not applicableFootnote 44

Indigenous Services Canada

AR 3.2 Not applicable

Public Health Agency of Canada

AR 3.3 Not applicableFootnote 45

Theme 4: Enforcement

Expected results

Health Canada

ER 4.1.1 Authorizations to perform legitimate activities with controlled substances and precursor chemicals are processed in a timely manner.

ER 4.1.2 Increased compliance and reduced risk of diversion of controlled substances, prescription drugs and precursor chemicals.

ER 4.1.3 Increased effectiveness in drug analysis.

ER 4.1.4 Data and research evidence on drugs and emerging drug trends are used by members of the federal Health Portfolio and their partners.

Canada Border Services Agency

ER 4.2.1 Increase awareness and capacity to gather information and intelligence to maximize interdiction of illegal drugs (as defined in the CDSA) at the border.

ER 4.2.2 Continue to inform enforcement activities by providing intelligence and analytical support to the regions.

ER 4.2.3 Continue to work with CDSS partner agencies to identify opportunities for cooperation, share information, and conduct laboratory analysis related to illegal drugs and other goods (e.g. precursor chemicals) governed by the CDSA.

Canada Revenue Agency

ER 4.3 30 audits of taxpayers involved in the production and distribution of illegal drugs resulting in (re) assessments of $2.0 million of federal taxes.

Correctional Services Canada

ER 4.4 Timely case preparation and supervision of provincial offenders with a drug offence (CDSA Schedule II).

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada.

ER 4.5 Given the importance of the CDSS initiative, FINTRAC will continue to work with law enforcement and intelligence agencies to ensure they receive financial intelligence related to drug production and distribution that is useful for further actions.

Global Affairs Canada

ER 4.6 In 2020-2021, GAC will increase capacity of port officials in selected countries in the Americas to intercept and seize illegal drugs smuggled via legal maritime containerized cargo. GAC will also work to build the capacity law enforcement of OAS member states to share and disseminate information and early warning alerts on New Psychoactive Substances (NPS), opioids, and other emerging drug threats.

Parole Board of Canada

ER 4.7.1 Conditional release decisions contribute to keeping communities safe.

ER 4.7.2 The timely exchange of relevant information with victims, offenders, observers, other components of the criminal justice system, and the general public.

Public Prosecution Service of Canada

ER 4.8.1 Provision of legal advice and litigation support, as well as the prosecution of drug offences in all provinces /territories regardless of which police agency investigates the offences, except Quebec and New Brunswick. In these provinces, the PPSC prosecutes only drug offences investigated by the RCMP.

ER 4.8.2 Provision of pre-charge legal advice and litigation support, as well as the prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA to which mandatory minimum penalties are applicable.

Public Safety Canada

ER 4.9 Coordinated enforcement action to address illegal drugs and substances.

Public Services and Procurement Canada

ER 4.10 Assist law enforcement agencies and prosecutors by providing forensic accounting services and expertise. These services assist in determining whether the assets identified were derived from criminal activities, thereby allowing the Crown to seize the assets and remove the financial incentives from the crime.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

ER 4.11 The RCMP will focus its efforts to undertake investigations and initiatives focussing on the highest threats related to organized crime networks including those involved in the importation and trafficking of illegal drugs, including illegal opioids.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 4.1.1 Overall percentage of High-Volume Regulatory Authorizations for controlled substances processed within service standards.

PI 4.1.2 Percentage of licensed dealers inspected that are deemed to be compliant with the CDSA and its regulations.

PI 4.1.3 Percentage of samples analyzed within service standards (60 days or negotiated date).

PI 4.1.4 Number of alerts issued to clients and to provincial and territorial health authorities on newly identified potent illegal drugs in communities.

Canada Border Services Agency

PI 4.2 Average dollar value of goods, shipments and conveyances seized attributed to Intelligence.

Canada Revenue Agency

PI 4.3 80% or more of audits resulting in (re) assessments

Correctional Services Canada

PI 4.4.1 Total number of provincial offenders convicted of a drug offence (CDSA Schedule II) supervised by CSC on a monthly basis during the year.

PI 4.4.2 Total number of provincial offenders convicted of a drug offence (CDSA Schedule II) with a residency requirement on a monthly basis during the year.

PI 4.4.3 Total number of case preparation reports (pre- and post-release) completed for all provincial offenders during the year.

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

PI 4.5 Total number of FINTRAC disclosures of actionable financial intelligence made to regime partners, and the number of unique disclosures of actionable financial intelligence that relate to at least one drug-related offence.

Global Affairs Canada

PI 4.6.1 Number of illegal drug seizures made by GAC-financed/UNODC trained Port Control Units in beneficiary countries.

PI 4.6.2 Volume of illegal drug seized by GAC-financed/UNODC trained Port Control Units in beneficiary countries.

Parole Board of Canada

PI 4.7.1 Number and proportion of provincial offenders convicted of drug offences who successfully complete parole.

PI 4.7.2 Percentage of individuals (i.e., general public and victims) who are satisfied with the quality of the service.

Public Prosecution Service of CanadaFootnote 46

PI 4.8.1.1 Number of litigation files related to the prosecution of drug offences under the CDSA referred to the PPSC during the fiscal year.

PI 4.8.1.2 Number of files for which legal advice was provided by PPSC counsel.

PI 4.8.2.1 Number of litigation files related to the prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA referred to the PPSC during the fiscal year to which mandatory minimum penalties are applicable.

PI 4.8.2.2 Number of files for which legal advice was provided by PPSC counsel where mandatory minimum penalties are applicable.

Public Safety Canada

PI 4.9 Timely sharing of evidence-based knowledge and intelligence to support law enforcement actions against illegal drugs and substances.

Public Services and Procurement Canada

PI 4.10.1 Number of active CDSS files where the services of a forensic accountant were required.

PI 4.10.2 Number of Forensic Accounting Reports produced during the fiscal year.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

PI 4.11.1 Number and percentage of Federal Serious and Organized Crime (FSOC) investigations with a transnational nexus.

PI 4.11.2 Number of drug-related charges laid by FSOC units.

PI 4.11.3 Number of drug seizures made by FSOC units, including amount of drugs seized.

Targets

Health Canada

T 4.1.1 90%

T 4.1.2 TBDFootnote 47

T 4.1.3 95% of certificates of analysis issued within service standards or negotiated date.

T 4.1.4 Demand-driven

Canada Border Services Agency

T 4.2 9:1 ratio

Canada Revenue Agency

T 4.3 30 audits of taxpayers involved in the production and distribution of illegal drugs resulting in (re) assessments of $2.0 million of federal taxes.

Correctional Services Canada

T 4.4.1 43 (approximately)

T 4.4.2 27 (approximately)

T 4.4.3 596 (approximately)

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

T 4.5 FINTRAC seeks to closely align its financial intelligence products with the needs and priorities of its investigative partners. As such, the Centre does not set specific targets for the number or types of drug-related case disclosures it produces in any fiscal year.

Global Affairs Canada

T 4.6.1 Illegal drug seizures are made in all beneficiary countries benefiting from GAC-financed/UNODC trained port control units.

T 4.6.2 At least 20 tons

Parole Board of Canada

T 4.7.1 100% of provincial offenders serving sentences for drug offences who are on parole are not convicted of a violent offence during their supervision period.

T 4.7.2 92% of individuals are satisfied with the quality of service. The PBC questionnaire was conducted in 2016-17 the next questionnaire is planned for 2022-23.

Public Prosecution Service of Canada

T 4.8 Targets are not applicable owing to the nature of the PPSC's workload and mandate.

Public Safety Canada

T 4.9 100% completion of planned coordination activities based on an integrated law enforcement work plan.

Public Services and Procurement Canada

T 4.10 The files are dependent on the projects law enforcement assign to PSPC and are based on the resource capacity of the three senior forensic accounts dedicated to work on CDSS files.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

T 4.11 Targets are not applicable as these will vary by province/territory and is based on need.

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 4.1.1 93%

AR 4.1.2 84%

AR 4.1.3 70.6%Footnote 48

R 4.1.4 272

Canada Border Services Agency

AR 4.2 The CBSA made 32,094 drug seizures, valued at nearly $418 million. Of those seizures, nearly $173 million worth was seized as a result of intelligence.

The ratio of intelligence led seizures compared to non-intelligence seizures (in dollars) was 70:1Footnote 49

Canada Revenue Agency

AR 4.3 14 cases resulting in $5.56M in Tax Earned by Audit (TEBA)

Correctional Services Canada

AR 4.4.1 39Footnote 50

AR 4.4.2 16Footnote 51

AR 4.4.3 535

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

AR 4.5 2,046, including 692 unique disclosuresFootnote 52

Global Affairs Canada

AR 4.6.1 All beneficiary countries had drug seizures in 2020/2021

AR 4.6.2 At least 20 tons interdictedFootnote 53

Parole Board of Canada

AR 4.7.1 100%

AR 4.7.2 89%Footnote 54

Public Prosecution Service of Canada

AR 4.8.1.1 During the 2020-2021 fiscal year, 8,453 litigation files related to the prosecution of drug offences under the CDSA had been referred to the PPSC.

AR 4.8.1.2 PPSC counsel provided legal advice on 1,003 files during the 2020-2021 fiscal year.

AR 4.8.2.1 During the 2020-2021 fiscal year, 162 litigation files related to the prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA to which mandatory minimum penalties are applicable had been referred to the PPSC.

AR 4.8.2.2 Legal advice was provided by PPSC counsel on 12 litigation files where mandatory minimum penalties are applicable.

Public Safety Canada

AR 4.9 100% organized and participated in a range of national and international forums to share knowledge and advance best practices to reduce the illegal drug supply.Footnote 55

Public Services and Procurement Canada

AR 4.10.1 77 open CDSS investigations in 2020-21 (opened with 70, added 23, closed 16)

AR 4.10.2 48 CDSS reports issued to clients in 2020-21

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

AR 4.11.1 6,995 RCMP drug production, import/export, and trafficking related occurrences with a transnational nexus; representing 33% of all total related occurrencesFootnote 56

AR 4.11.2 13,937 total drug related charges laid by RCMP units; by type (excluding cannabis), this represents 6,201 charges relating to possession; 4,065 charges related to trafficking; 78 charges related to production; 45 charges related to import/export; and 3,548 cannabis related charges.

AR 4.11.3 28,349 drug seizure-related occurrences reported by the RCMPFootnote 57

Theme 5: Evidence base
Expected results

Health Canada

ER 5.1 Increased availability of data and research evidence on drugs and substances.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

ER 5.2 Increased availability of data and research evidence on drugs and substances.

Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 5.3 Increase availability of national data and research evidence related to drugs and substances to support decision making.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 5.1 Percentage of United Nations Annual Report Questionnaire completed with Canadian data.Footnote 58

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

PI 5.2.1 Percentage of grant recipients producing policy-relevant knowledge products, such as research publications, policy briefs, guidelines for policies or practice, presentations to policy audiences, and media mentions.

PI 5.2.2 Percentage of health research publications related to problematic substance use.

Public Health Agency of Canada

PI 5.3 Percentage of provinces and territories reporting.

Targets

Health Canada

T 5.1 70%

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

T 5.2.1 75%

T 5.2.2 90%

Public Health Agency of Canada

T 5.3 100%

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 5.1 not applicable

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

AR 5.2.1 100%

AR 5.2.2 86.7%

Public Health Agency of Canada

AR 5.3 not applicable

Chemicals Management Plan

General information

Name of horizontal initiative

Chemicals Management Plan

Lead department

Health Canada

Environment and Climate Change Canada

Federal partner organization(s)

Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Start date

2007-08

End date

2020-21

Description

Originally launched in 2006, the Chemicals Management Plan (CMP or "the Program") enables the Government of Canada to protect human health and the environment by addressing substances of concern in Canada.

Jointly managed by Health Canada and Environment and Climate Change Canada, the CMP brings all existing federal chemical programs together under a single strategy. This integrated approach allows the Government of Canada to address various routes of exposure to chronic and acute hazardous substances. It also enables use of the most appropriate management tools among a full suite of federal laws, which include the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 (CEPA), the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act (CCPSA), the Food and Drugs Act (F&DA), the Pest Control Products Act (PCPA), and the Fisheries Act.

The third phase (CMP3) includes both substance groupings and single substance assessments. Similar to CMP2, groupings are created where possible to gain efficiencies in the assessment process. Where groupings are not possible, single substance assessments are conducted.

Integration across government programs remains critical since many substances are found in consumer, cosmetic, health, drug and other products. In addition to releases from products, substances may be released at various points along other areas of their life cycle, such as during the manufacturing and disposal.

The same core functions that have been part of phases one and two continue in phase three of the CMP: risk assessment; risk management; compliance promotion and enforcement; research; monitoring and surveillance; stakeholder engagement and risk communications; and, policy and program management. Information gathering is a key activity undertaken to support these core functions.

For more information, see the Government of Canada's Chemical Substances Portal.

Governance structures

In the overall delivery of the CMP, Health Canada and Environment and Climate Change Canada have a shared responsibility in attaining objectives and results. In meeting their obligations pursuant to the CMP, the Departments fulfill their responsibilities through established internal departmental governance structures, as well as a joint CMP governance structure to address shared responsibilities. Efforts are also made to harmonize vertical and horizontal performance reporting indicators for CMP (e.g., CMP Performance Measurement Strategy, the CMP contribution to the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy, etc.).

The CMP has a horizontal governance framework which ensures integration, co-ordination, joint decision- making and clear accountabilities. Under the CMP Integrated Horizontal Governance Framework, the joint CMP Assistant Deputy Ministers Committee (CMP ADM Committee) reports to both the Health Canada and Environment and Climate Change Canada Deputy Ministers.

The CMP ADM Committee is supported by a Director General (DG) Committee. The CMP DGs Committee consists of DGs from all partner programs within Health Canada and Environment and Climate Change Canada, and provides strategic direction, oversight and a challenge function for the CMP's overall implementation. The CMP DGs also play a lead role in directing, monitoring and providing a challenge function for the core elements of the CMP, namely the delivery of the chemicals agenda under CEPA.

This DG level committee is supported by the CMP Steering Committee, which is a Director-level committee intended to provide oversight on CMP issues related to the CEPA chemicals agenda.

Total federal funding allocated from start to end date (dollars)

$1,308,179,400

Total federal funding planned spending to date (dollars)

$1,308,179,400Footnote 59

Total federal actual spending to date (dollars)

$1,266,704,760 (includes Phases I, II and III)

Date of last renewal of initiative

October 2014

Total federal funding allocated at the last renewal and source of funding (dollars)

Phase three: $493,286,450; Source of funding: Budget 2015

Additional federal funding received after last renewal (dollars)

Not applicable

Total planned spending since last renewal

$493,286,450

Total actual spending since last renewal

$490,619,612

Fiscal year of planned completion of next evaluation

2024-25Footnote 60

Performance highlights
Summary

In 2020-21, Health Canada (HC) and Environment and Climate Change Canada (ECCC) assessed and managed the potential health and environmental risks from priority existing substances. Screening Assessment Reports and Risk Management Strategies were published, and risk management measures were developed, implemented, tracked and monitored. Departmental officials assessed notifications for new substances within their mandated timelines, and developed risk management instruments within mandated timeframes, as required for substances considered harmful to human health and/or the environment.

HC continued to develop and publish drinking water quality guidelines. Federal, provincial and territorial jurisdictions in Canada use these guidelines as the basis for establishing their drinking water requirements.

Research and monitoring programs continued over the reporting period. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, laboratory and field work progressed at a slower pace, while data analysis and reporting (e.g., publication of manuscripts) was conducted at a higher pace than usual.

HC and ECCC collaborated to develop and deliver compliance promotion strategies and enforcement plans for CMP substances.

The Healthy Home social marketing campaign on chemicals and pollutants in and around the home continued to reach Canadians through social media, search engine marketing, web content, national media (print and radio) and virtual events across the country. The Healthy Home website makes it easy to find CMP information that is relevant to the general public and includes general safety messaging along with plain language information on CMP substances of concern.

The 2020 program evaluation found that the CMP had made progress in all functional activity areas. The evaluation concluded that there was some evidence of Canadians and stakeholder groups accessing and using CMP information to avoid or minimize risks posed by harmful substances, as well as some evidence demonstrating industry compliance with certain risk management measures. There was limited evidence to support conclusions about whether the CMP had reduced the potential for exposure to harmful substances, although biomonitoring and environmental monitoring trend data is beginning to emerge for some substances for which risk management measures have been in place for several years. For example, the performance measurement evaluation for the toxic substance DEHP concluded that the risk management tools are meeting their intended goals. Biomonitoring data collected from 3 cycles (2007 to 2017) of the Canadian Health Measures Survey (CHMS) shows that Canadians' exposure to DEHP has progressively decreased since risk management tools were implemented.

Performance Details
Risk Assessment/Risk Management

Over the course of 2020-21, the Program continued to assess the safety of existing substances under the CMP. Since its launch, the Program has assessed approximately 91% (3,974 substances) of the Program's original total planned assessments.

In 2020-21, ECCC and HC published 24 Draft Screening Assessment Reports (dSARs) (representing 84 substances), 20 Final Screening Assessment Reports (fSARs) (representing 153 substances), and 1 Science Approach Document (SciAD).

In December 2020, ECCC and HC also published the results of their 2019 Identification of risk assessment priorities (IRAP) review, recommending 85 substances for further scoping.

The spring publication of HC's Pest Management Regulatory Agency annual 5-year Re-evaluation and Special Review Work Plan was delayed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was later published in September 2020. For 2020-21, the Re-evaluation and Special Review Work Plan was exclusively focused on priority pesticide reviews. Approximately 30% of pesticide re-evaluations currently on hold are past the standard of 4.2 years for completion of a re-evaluation. In 2020-21, HC completed 21 proposed re-evaluation decisions (PRVDs) and 15 final re-evaluation decisions (RVDs) as per the Re-evaluation and Special Review Work Plan. The special reviews of 3 additional active ingredients were completed with a final decision that was not scheduled in the 2020-21 work plan.

In 2020-21, HC and ECCC published targeted risk management activities for substances deemed harmful to human health and/or the environment In total, there were 14 risk management instruments put in place to manage more than 160 toxic substances, including 3 proposed risk management instruments and 11 final risk management instruments. 11 risk management scope documents and 5 risk management approach documents were also published, covering more than 39 substances.

A final order adding mitotane to the List of Toxic Substances on Schedule 1 of CEPA was published and a proposed order adding chlorhexidine and its salts to the List of Toxic Substances on Schedule 1 of CEPA was published.

In 2020-21, ECCC and HC collaboratively published a Performance Measurement Evaluation Strategy on the Risk Management of Toxic Substances, in response to the Commissioner for the Environment and Sustainable Development's 2018 audit. Over time, implementation of the Strategy is expected to provide Canadians with greater confidence in ECCC and HC's efforts to manage toxic substances. In 2020-21, the Program published 7 performance measurement evaluation reports (BPA – ecological component; PBDEs; lead; mercury; isoprene; pigment red 3; and butanone oxime (MEKO)).

In 2020-21, 319 new substance notifications were received pursuant to section 81 of CEPA and theNew Substances Notification Regulations (Chemicals and Polymers)and 296 were assessed. For new substances, 4 Notices were published applying the Significant New Activity (SNAc) provisions to 4 substances and one was varied (i.e., it was a modification to a SNAc that was already in force); and 11 Ministerial Conditions came into force on 8 new substances and 1 was varied. For existing substances, 4 SNAc Notices of Intent (NOIs) were issued for existing substances on a total of 6 substances. 3 SNAc Orders were published applying the SNAc provisions to 27 existing substances.

During 2020-21, 70 notifications of new animate products of biotechnology were received and 60 were assessed under the New Substances Notification Regulations (Organisms). One Ministerial Condition came into force on 1 new living organism.

HC also contributed to risk management activities related to drinking water quality in 2020-21, publishing 7 final and 9 draft Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality online. These are used by all jurisdictions in Canada to inform their regulatory requirements.

HC's Consumer Product Safety Program (CPSP) continued to manage potential risks related to chemicals in consumer products and cosmetics. Program risk assessors and risk managers drafted 2 dSARs (Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate and triclocarban) and co-authored 1 fSAR (talc) that were published in 2020-21, as well as 2 fSARs (Lotus Corniculatus and parabens) that will be published in 2021-22. The CPSP provided cosmetic notification data to support the assessment for a number of CMP substances. Restrictions and public health measures related to the COVID-19 pandemic led to the intermittent closure of the CPSP's Product Safety Laboratory and limited the ability of regional inspectors to carry out inspections on-site. This caused delays in the completion of compliance verification projects and test method development. Off-site inspections, sampling and testing were initiated on compliance verification projects for lead and cadmium in children's jewellery and selected cosmetic ingredients once it was possible to do so. Other projects were deferred to 2021-22. In addition, the Product Safety Laboratory completed the development and validation of a new test method for the dermal migration of flame retardants used in foam, and completed a series of tests to assess the dermal migration of flame retardants from polyurethane foam products once the laboratory reopened.

HC's Health Products and Food Branch continued to provide information to support the development of CMP screening assessments, as well as to provide a review function for food-related sections of those assessments. It also continued its commitment to re-evaluate and assess food additives, food contaminants, other food ingredients and food packaging materials for which CMP screening assessments and new science identified potential risks for consumers, and where CMP assessments identified food as a contributing or main source of exposure.

HC continued to develop Human Health Soil Quality Guidelines to support the development of the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment Canadian Soil Quality Guidelines for the Protection of Environmental and Human Health. 9 Soil Screening Values for a suite of energetic substances were finalized.

Stakeholder Engagement and Public Outreach

Stakeholder engagement activities delivered in 2020-21 focused on targeted stakeholders, such as the Assembly of First Nations and the Canadian Network for Human Health and the Environment, in order to facilitate information sharing. The CMP Stakeholder Advisory Council (SAC) held its final virtual meeting in 2020-21. The objective of this meeting was to reflect on an evaluation of the experiences of SAC members throughout the current mandate, as well as seek insight on some forward-looking considerations for the future of stakeholder engagement under CMP.

The CMP Science Committee continued to provide a strong science foundation to CMP, by enabling external science professionals from national and international sources to share their expertise with HC and ECCC.

The Program managed a rigorous posting schedule for the chemical substances content on Canada.ca to ensure the public had the opportunity to participate in the CMP during the public comment periods following publications in the Canada Gazette.

The Healthy Home campaign was featured in social media posts (Facebook,Twitter and LinkedIn) and served to provide Canadians with practical tips on how to protect their families from chemicals and pollutants within the home. An advertising campaign, which featured paid social media (Facebook and Instagram) and search engine marketing, helped to promote messaging by directing Canadians to the website. Social media posts on Facebook and Twitter were issued throughout the year to inform Canadians of CMP assessment results in plain language for high profile substances of concern. Messaging was further distributed through a series of illustrated, plain-language articles that were published by local, regional and national media outlets throughout the year.

HC conducted virtual public outreach activities (e.g., virtual exhibitions, presentations, workshops and Train-the-Trainer collaborations) across the country throughout 2020-21. These ongoing activities are designed to increase Canadians' awareness of the health risks of chemicals in and around the home and provide information for them to take action to protect their health and that of vulnerable populations. Outreach activities targeted intermediary groups such as caregivers, early childhood educators, health care providers and parents/guardians. This enabled delivery of information to subpopulations that may be more vulnerable to chemicals or have greater exposure, such as Indigenous communities, new Canadians, seniors, pregnant persons, children and youth.

Research

Research at HC continued to address CMP3 priorities identified under the following themes:

  1. Nanomaterials;
  2. Integrated hazard characterization and exposure assessments for CMP3 priority chemicals, mixtures or CEPA substances;
  3. Monitoring and surveillance of CMP priority chemicals; and,
  4. Methods and tools development for the assessment of CMP3 priority chemicals, mixtures or CEPA substances.

In 2020-21, HC conducted 27 research and monitoring and surveillance projects to support CMP3 priority substances and to support key scientific regulatory areas. Data generated from CMP research projects and monitoring and surveillance projects were used to support the publication of 4 DSARs and 5 FSARs.

At ECCC, research projects initiated in 2019-20 continued in 2020-21, but at a slower pace than expected due to the COVID-19 pandemic and related suspension of laboratory and field work. However, significant progress was made in terms of data analysis and reporting (e.g., publication of manuscripts). The newly analyzed results will support risk assessment and risk management decision-making on priority substance, such as perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids (PCFAs) and perfluoroalkane sulfonates (PFSAs), Organic Flame Retardants, selected Rare Earth Elements, metals mixtures, textile mill effluents, phthalates (DEHP), PBDEs, benzophenones and nanomaterials.

Monitoring and Surveillance

HC and ECCC continued to conduct monitoring and surveillance, although at a slower pace due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This monitoring will be used to address existing and emerging chemicals of concern, and to inform risk assessment needs and risk management activities.

At ECCC, there were limited monitoring and surveillance activities conducted in 2020-21 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and related suspension of laboratory and field work. For some environmental media (e.g., air, wildlife), field and laboratory activities have occurred since they were conducted by external collaborators and contractors. Overall, there was significant progress made on data analysis and reporting (e.g., publication of manuscripts) for many CMP priority substances and/or groups of substances monitored in fresh water, sediments, fish, bird eggs, ambient air, municipal wastewater and biosolids.

At HC, the Maternal-Infant Research on Environmental Chemicals (MIREC) Research Platform continued the assessment of prenatal exposure to chemicals and established national estimates of maternal and fetal exposures. A follow-up study called MIREC-ENDO is studying the effects of prenatal exposure to environmental chemicals on puberty and metabolic function in the child, as well as maternal health. In 2020-21, researchers completed participant recruitment, data collection and laboratory analysis of collected biospecimens for Phase 1 of MIREC-ENDO. The MIREC-ENDO participant recruitment plan was revised due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The revised plan is questionnaire-based and can be completed at home, without in-person visits. 437 families were recruited in Phase 1, while 307 families have indicated interest. Phase 2 planning and preparation will continue through fall 2021 and will be launched in winter 2022 with recruitment continuing using the at-home questionnaire.

In summer 2019, HC conducted a study to generate biomonitoring data from DEET personal insect repellents used by children in a camp setting. DEET is a common name for N,N-Diethyl-m-toluamide. This study complements other HC studies that measure chemical exposures in children from typical use. It will provide a better understanding of children's exposure to DEET in Canada, and will inform any future recommendations. Data was analysed in 2020-21 and results are expected to be published in 2021-22.

In December 2020, HC released the first "Report on Human Biomonitoring of Environmental Chemicals in Pooled Samples - Results of the Canadian Health Measures Survey Cycle 1 (2007–2009), Cycle 3 (2012–2013), Cycle 4 (2014–2015) and Cycle 5 (2016–2017)". This report presents the first set of pooled serum data from the national biomonitoring program collected as part of the CHMS and is the first nationally representative dataset in blood for these specific 90 persistent environmental chemicals. The data advances our understanding of Canadians' exposure to chemicals, including measurements of persistent organic pollutants, and contributes to performance measurement activities for these chemicals.

Through the CHMS, HC obtained nationally-representative biomonitoring data to monitor the levels of over 250 chemicals in the general Canadian population, then applied trend analysis to examine the change in chemical concentrations in Canadians over 10 years (2007 to 2017). Levels of several chemicals declined significantly over this period, including a 33% decrease for lead, 32% for bisphenol A (BPA), 31% for triclosan, and 75% for the plasticizer DEHP. Monitoring trends in the level of chemicals in Canadians will be used as a key performance indicator for evaluating the effectiveness of recent risk management actions intended to reduce chemical exposures.

Both ECCC and HC contribute to the Northern Contaminants Program (NCP) led by Crown-Indigenous Relations and Northern Affairs Canada. 5 human biomonitoring and health project proposals were funded in 2020-21 under the NCP. HC co-edited the overall assessment and led the biomonitoring component of the 2021 Artic Monitoring and Assessment Programme Human Health Assessment Report presented to the Arctic Council Ministerial meeting in May 2021.

Information Gathering

HC and ECCC continued to conduct information gathering activities with industry to understand commercial use, import and manufacture of chemical substances, which will help to inform prioritization, risk assessment, risk management and performance measurement. The CMP information gathering approaches have evolved over time to include a range of mechanisms, from the use of voluntary approaches and alternative data sources to targeted approaches. In 2020-21, HC conducted a targeted voluntary data request for turpentine and turpentine oil (part of the terpenes and terpenoïds Group 1: Acyclic, monocyclic, and bicyclic monoterpenes) to inform risk assessment and risk management activities.

Additionally, the Program published a CEPA section 71 information gathering notice in the Canada Gazette for perfluorohexane sulfonic acid, its salts and its precursors, and published open data summaries of data received from these past section 71 notices:

Compliance and Enforcement

Compliance promotion activities for this initiative focused on pollution, including the release of toxic substances to air, water or land, and the import and export of hazardous waste that presents a risk to the environment and/or human health. In 2020-21, compliance promotion activities were carried out for regulatory and non-regulatory instruments related to CMP substances. A total of 16,143 known or potential regulatees received compliance promotion awareness materials, and 3,186 stakeholders contacted compliance promotion officers for clarification of regulatory requirements and/or additional information. These activities aimed to increase voluntary compliance with regulatory and non-regulatory instruments, thereby mitigating consequential enforcement actions. ECCC continued to enforce CMP instruments based on its risk-based approach that defines enforcement priorities based on risks to human health and the environment, and targets the most serious forms of non-compliance. ECCC conducted 755 inspections related to CMP regulations and issued 213 enforcement measures in 2020-21.

Public Health Agency of Canada

During 2020-21, the Public Health Agency of Canada (the Agency) Environmental Health Officers (EHOs) continued their risk-based inspection program to identify and address human health risks associated with water, food and sanitation on passenger conveyances such as aircraft, trains, cruise ships and ferries. The Agency conducts inspections to measure compliance with the Department of Health Act, the Potable Water on Board Trains, Vessels, Aircraft and Buses Regulations as well as food safety provisions of the Food and Drugs Act.

96% of conveyance and facility operators successfully met public health requirements during, or in response to, 98 inspections. The number of inspections completed compared to previous years was reduced as a result of a shift in focus of Agency activities towards the response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to completing inspections and providing guidance to partners and stakeholder groups, EHOs have provided emergency services and support in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Contact information

Health Canada
Kathleen Buset
Director
Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch
kathleen.Buset@hc-sc.gc.ca
613-415-9402

Environment and Climate Change Canada
Thomas Kruidenier
A/Executive Director, Program Development and Engagement
Science and Technology Branch
Thomas.kruidenier@ec.gc.ca
613-697-4854

Christina Paradiso
Executive Director, Chemicals Management Division
Environmental Protection Branch
Christina.Paradiso@ec.gc.ca
613-797-3612

Performance information
Horizontal initiative overview - Shared outcomes:
Name of horizontal initiative Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal
(dollars)
2020 - 21 Planned spending
(dollars)
2020 - 21 Actual spending
(dollars)
Horizontal initiative shared outcome(s) 2020-21 Performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020-21 Target(s) Date to achieve target 2020-21 Actual results
Chemicals Management Plan $493,286,450 $98,657,290 $97,411,872 Reduced threats to health and the environment from harmful substances. Long-term risk of a selected group of harmful substances where risk management actions have been put in place. Literature Review, Canadian Health Measure Survey and other available monitoring data Other Downward trend - This is a long term outcome with no specific targets. March 31, 2028 (See text below)
SO-AR1
Risk management measures reduce the potential for exposure to harmful substances. Exposure or release levels of a select group of harmful substances where risk management measures have been put in place. (Substance-based Performance Measurement). Literature Review, Canadian Health Measure Survey and other available monitoring data Other Downward trend - This is a long term outcome with no specific targets. March 31, 2022 (See text below) SO-AR2
Canadians use the information (that meets their needs on the risks and safe use of substances of concern) to avoid or minimize risks posed by substances of concern. (i) Percentage of Canadians taking appropriate actions to address risks (targeted stakeholders/intermediaries). Activity feedback forms Annually (i) 80% (i) March 31, 2022 95%
(ii) Percentage of Canadians taking appropriate actions to address risks (general public). POR and Activity Feedback Forms Annually (ii) TBD (ii) TBD 88%

SO-AR1: Over the life of the CMP, significant investments have been, and continue to be, made towards measuring the final outcome in a meaningful manner. Specific to 2020-21, and building on the biomonitoring surveillance data collected as part of the CHMS, a retrospective public health-focused pilot project was developed with Statistics Canada. The pilot project will begin in 2021-22 with the goal of identifying potential relationships between chemical exposures and disease outcomes by linking biomonitoring data from the CHMS with critical health and diagnostic information from provincial medical records. Preliminary analysis of the association between levels of 4 priority substances measured over 10 years and cancer diagnoses from the Canadian Cancer Registry is expected to be completed by end of the 2021-22 fiscal year.

SO-AR2: Work is ongoing to monitor the extent to which the Program's risk management activities are reducing the potential for exposure to harmful substances. In 2020-21, a Performance Measurement Strategy for the risk management of toxic substances and a new performance measurement landing page to centralize performance information were published online,. To date, risk management performance evaluations have been published for Bisphenol A, Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDEs), Lead, Mercury, Isoprene, Pigment Red 3, Butanone oxide (MEKO) and DEHP (human health component). Risk management performance evaluations have also been conducted for Dioxins and Furans (human health component) and DCM (human health component). A rolling workplan for current and upcoming performance work was also published online.

Theme horizontal initiative activities
Theme 1 Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada Health Impacts of Chemicals Health Products:
Risk Assessment
$6,136,645 $1,227,329 $740,764 ER 1.1 PI 1.1.3 JIRA (internal information management tool); and the Publication Plan e-mail sent to stakeholders on a quarterly basis Annual T 1.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.3
Food Safety and Nutrition:
Risk Assessment
$6,186,965 $1,237,393 $890,539 ER 1.1 PI 1.1.1 Food Directorate files Annual T 1.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.1
PI 1.1.2 Food Directorate files Annual T 1.1.2 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.2
Env. Risks to Health:
Risk Assessment
$51,766,940 $10,353,388 $10,257,275 ER 1.1 PI 1.1.3 JIRA (internal information management tool); and the Publication Plan e-mail sent to stakeholders once a quarter Annual T 1.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.3
PI 1.1.4 JIRA (internal information management tool) Annual T 1.1.4 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.4
Consumer Product and Workplace Hazardous Materials:
Risk Assessment
$12,098,165 $2,419,633 $1,839,053 ER 1.1 PI 1.1.3 JIRA (internal information management tool); and the Publication Plan e-mail sent to stakeholders once a quarter Annual T 1.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.3
Health Products:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$4,251,945 $850,389 $ 945,017 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.1 JIRA (internal information management tool); Operational planning reports Annual T 1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.1
Food Safety and Nutrition:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$5,901,575 $1,180,315 $1,112,377 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.1 JIRA (internal information management tool); Operational planning reports Annual T 1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.1
Env. Risks to Health:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$35,431,185 $7,086,237 $6,887,626 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.1 JIRA (internal information management tool); Operational planning reports Annual T 1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.1
ER 1.3 PI 1.3 Annual operational plan Annual T 1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 1.3
Consumer Product and Workplace Hazardous Materials:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$12,748,975 $2,549,795 $2,452,599 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.1 JIRA (internal information management tool); Operational planning reports Annual T 1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.1
Health Products Research N/A N/A N/A Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Food Safety and Nutrition:
Research
$3,476,195 $695,239 $932,552 ER 1.4 PI 1.4 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 1.4 March 31, 2021 AR 1.4
Env. Risks to Health:
Research
$49,822,575 $9,964,515 $9,806,399 ER 1.4 PI 1.4 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 1.4 March 31, 2021 AR 1.4
Health Products:
Monitoring and Surveillance
- -   Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Food Safety and Nutrition:
Monitoring and Surveillance
$4,757,430 $951,486 $985,888 ER 1.5 PI 1.5 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 1.5 March 31, 2021 AR 1.5
Env. Risks to Health:
Monitoring and Surveillance
$49,298,520 $9,859,704 $11,225,798 ER 1.5 PI 1.5 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 1.5 March 31, 2021 AR 1.5
Food Safety and Nutrition:
Stakeholder Engagement and Risk Communications
$848,425 $169,685 $143,882 ER 1.6 PI 1.6 Annual operational plan Annual T 1.6 March 31, 2021 AR 1.6
Env. Risks to Health:
Stakeholder Engagement and Risk Communications
$14,076,085 $2,815,217 $2,338,236 ER 1.6 PI 1.6 Annual operational plan Annual T 1.6 March 31, 2021 AR 1.6
Env. Risks to Health:
Policy and Program Management
$11,041,590 $2,208,318 $1,873,701 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Pesticides Pesticides:
Risk Assessment
$22,817,180 $4,563,436 $4,738,631 ER 1.1 PI 1.1.5 Pest Management Regulatory Agency Re-evaluation & Special Review Work Plan Annual T 1.1.5 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.5
Pesticides:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$4,232,080 $846,416 $655,738 ER 1.2 PI 1.2.2 Pest Management Regulatory Agency Re-evaluation & Special Review Work Plan Annual T 1.2.2 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2.2
Pesticides:
Research
N/A N/A N/A Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Internal Services – Health Canada $34,979,720 $6,995,944 $6,995,944 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Total – Health Canada $329,872,195 $65,974,439 $64,822,019 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Public Health Agency of Canada Border Health Security Border Health:
Risk Management, Compliance Promotion and Enforcement
$15,914,255 $3,182,851 $3,129,854 ER 2.1 PI 2.1 Internal financial tracking Annual T 2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 2.1
Environment and Climate Change Canada Substances and Waste Management Substances and Waste Management:
Risk Assessment
$19,367,335 $3,873,467 $3,873,467 ER 3.1 PI 3.1.1 JIRA (internal information management tool); and the published two year rolling workplan Annual T 3.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.1
PI 3.1.2 JIRA (internal information management tool) Annual T 3.1.2 AR 3.1.2 N/A
Substances and Waste Management:
Risk Management
$67,624,765 $13,524,953 $13,524,953 ER 3.2 PI 3.2 JIRA (internal information management tool); Operational planning reports Annual T 3.2 March 31, 2021 AR 3.2
Substances and Waste Management:
Research
$9,420,790 $1,884,158 $1,859,158 ER 3.3 PI 3.3 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 3.3 March 31, 2021 AR 3.3
Substances and Waste Management:
Monitoring and Surveillance
$24,399,675 $4,879,935 $4,879,935 ER 3.4 PI 3.4 Internal tracking spreadsheet Annual T 3.4 March 31, 2021 AR 3.4
Compliance Promotion and Enforcement – Pollution:
Compliance Promotion
$4,272,045 $854,409 $854,409 ER 3.5 PI 3.5 Compliance Promotion Client Relationship Management (CPCRM) database Annual T 3.5 March 31, 2021 AR 3.5
Compliance Promotion and Enforcement – Pollution:
Enforcement
$11,075,675 $2,215,135 $2,200,135 ER 3.6 PI 3.6 Enforcement Database (Gavia) Annual T 3.6 March 31, 2021 AR 3.6
Internal Services – Environment and Climate Change Canada $11,339,715 $2,267,943 $2,267,943 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Total – Environment and Climate Change Canada $147,500,000 $29,500,000 $29,460,000 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Total for all federal organizations $493,286,450 $98,657,290 $97,411,873 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Expected Results:
Health Canada:

ER 1.1 Information on risks of substances to inform risk management, monitoring and surveillance and research activities
ER 1.2 Risk management measures under CEPA, PCPA, CCPSA and F&DA
ER 1.3 Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality are available to be used by provinces / territories
ER 1.4 Science-based information on the risks posed by substances, in accordance with annual research plans
ER 1.5 Data generated on the use, release, exposure and presence of substances of concern in humans, the environment, food and consumer products
ER 1.6 Engagement, consultation and communication products to inform the public and stakeholders

Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 2.1 Mitigation of human health risks associated with contamination of water, food and sanitation on board passenger conveyances

Environment and Climate Change Canada

ER 3.1 Information on risks of substances to inform risk management, monitoring and surveillance and research activities
ER 3.2 Risk management measures under CEPA and/or Fisheries Act
ER 3.3 Science-based information on the risks posed by substances, in accordance with annual research plans
ER 3.4 Data generated on the use, release, exposure and presence of substances of concern in humans, the environment, food, consumer products and waste
ER 3.5 Information on obligations to conform or comply with risk management control measures
ER 3.6 Inspections, investigations and enforcement actions

Performance Indicators:
Health Canada

PI 1.1.1 Percentage of dietary exposure assessments and/or hazard characterizations completed for substances for which Chemicals Management Plan assessments have identified food as the contributing / main source of exposure
PI 1.1.2 Percentage of food ingredients, food additives, food contaminants and food packaging material chemicals re-evaluated for which Chemicals Management Plan assessments and new scientific knowledge identify potential risk
PI 1.1.3 Percentage of substances assessed within prescribed timelines (Existing Substances)
PI 1.1.4 Percentage of substances assessed within prescribed timelines (New Substances)
PI 1.1.5 Percentage of the annual target of proposed re-evaluations decisions (PRVDs) as set out in the published re-evaluation and special review work plan
PI 1.2.1 Percentage of actions taken in a timely manner to protect the health of Canadians from substances found to be a risk to human health
PI 1.2.2 Percentage of the annual target for re-evaluations decisions (final RVDs) met as set out in the published re-evaluation and special review work plan
PI 1.3 Percentage of planned final water quality guidelines / guidance documents published in Canada Gazette, Part I and online
PI 1.4 Percentage of CMP research projects conducted that support priorities for risk assessment, risk management, research, monitoring and surveillance, and international activities related to the health impacts of chemicals
PI 1.5 Percentage of monitoring and surveillance projects funded by CMP that support priorities for risk assessment, risk management, research, monitoring and surveillance, and international activities related to the health impacts of chemicals
PI 1.6 Percentage of knowledge transfer activities completed as planned related to substances of concern

Public Health Agency of Canada

PI 2.1 Percentage of inspected passenger transportation operators that meet public health requirements

Environment and Climate Change Canada

PI 3.1.1 Percentage of substances assessed within prescribed timelines (Existing Substances)
PI 3.1.2 Percentage of substances assessed within prescribed timelines (New Substances)
PI 3.2 Percentage of actions taken in a timely manner to protect Canada's environment from substances found to be a risk to the environment
PI 3.3 Percentage of CMP research projects conducted that support priorities for risk assessment, risk management, research, monitoring and surveillance, and international activities related to the environmental impacts of chemicals
PI 3.4 Percentage of monitoring and surveillance projects funded by CMP that support priorities for risk assessment, risk management, research, monitoring and surveillance, and international activities related to the environmental impacts of chemicals
PI 3.5 The number of targeted regulatees under the Chemicals Management Plan contacted by the Compliance Promotion Program
PI 3.6 Percentage of non- compliance addressed by an enforcement action

Targets:
Health Canada

T 1.1.1 100%
T 1.1.2 100%
T 1.1.3 100%Footnote 61
T 1.1.4 100%
T 1.1.5 80%
T 1.2.1 100%Footnote 62
T 1.2.2 80%
T 1.3 100%
T 1.4 100%
T 1.5 100%
T 1.6 100%

Public Health Agency of Canada

T 2.1 95%

Environment and Climate Change Canada

T 3.1.1 100%Footnote 63
T 3.1.2 100%
T 3.2 100%Footnote 64
T 3.3 100%
T 3.4 100%
T 3.5 All regulatees identified in the Compliance Promotion Program database subject to priority instruments
T 3.6 85%

Actual Results:
Health Canada

AR 1.1.1 100%
AR 1.1.2 100%
AR 1.1.3 94%
AR 1.1.4 100%
AR 1.1.5 89%
AR 1.2.1 100%
AR 1.2.2 92%
AR 1.3 88%
AR 1.4 100%
AR 1.5 100%
AR 1.6 100%

Public Health Agency of Canada

AR 2.1 96%

Environment and Climate Change Canada

AR 3.1.1 94%
AR 3.1.2 70%
AR 3.2 87.5%
AR 3.3 100%
AR 3.4 100%
AR 3.5 16,143
AR 3.6 83%

Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis

General information

Name of horizontal initiative

Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis

Lead department

Health Canada

Federal partner organization(s)

Canada Border Services Agency
Public Health Agency of Canada
Public Safety Canada
Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Note: Other government departments (e.g., the Department of Justice) are supporting the federal cannabis framework. However, they are not captured in this Horizontal Initiative table, as they have not received targeted funding to support this initiative, "Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis".

Start date

April 1, 2017

End date

March 31, 2022

Description

The objective of this horizontal initiative is to implement and administer the federal framework to legalize and strictly regulate cannabis. The Cannabis Act received Royal Assent on June 21, 2018, and came into force on October 17, 2018. The initiative is designed to follow through on the Government's key objectives of protecting public health, safety, and security. More specifically, the initiative aims to prevent young persons from accessing cannabis, to protect public health and public safety by establishing strict product safety and product quality requirements and to deter criminal activity by imposing serious criminal penalties for those operating outside the legal framework.

Federal partner organizations implement ongoing delivery of the regulatory framework including licensing; compliance and enforcement; surveillance; research; national public education and awareness activities; and framework support.

The initiative also supports law enforcement capacity to collect and assess intelligence on the evolution of organized crime involvement in the illicit cannabis market and other related criminal markets.

Activities are organized by five high-level themes:

  1. Establish, implement and enforce the new legislative framework;
  2. Provide Canadians with information needed to make informed decisions and minimize health and safety harms;
  3. Build law enforcement knowledge and engage partners and stakeholders on public safety;
  4. Provide criminal intelligence, enforcement and related training activities; and
  5. Prevent and interdict prohibited cross-border movement of cannabis while maintaining the flow of legitimate travelers and goods.
Governance structures

The Government of Canada continues to support a robust governance structure to facilitate whole-of-government coordination in implementing and administering the federal framework to legalize and strictly regulate cannabis. At the federal level, this governance structure includes: an Assistant Deputy Minister's Committee that serves as a forum for government-wide coordination of policy and implementation activities; a Directors-General Committee that is responsible for coordinating policy, regulatory development, and implementation activities across federal departments and agencies; and, a Federal Partners Cannabis Data Working Group to promote horizontal collaboration and support evidence-based policy and program development.

Health Canada's Controlled Substances and Cannabis Branch assumes a central coordinating role in tracking key project milestones and in reporting to federal Ministers.

The Government is committed to ongoing collaboration and consultation with provincial and territorial partners. In May 2016, the Federal/Provincial/Territorial (F/P/T) Senior Officials Working Group on Cannabis Legalization and Regulation was established, to enable F/P/T governments to exchange information on important issues about the legalization and regulation of cannabis throughout the consultation, design and implementation of the legislation, regulations, and non-regulatory activities. Supporting F/P/T working groups and committees also facilitate ongoing engagement in key priority areas, including public education and awareness, data development and information sharing, national inventory tracking and implementation. In addition, existing F/P/T bodies are also considering the implications of cannabis legalization and regulation, including F/P/T Deputy Ministers Responsible for Justice and Public Safety, and F/P/T Ministers Responsible for Finance.

Total federal funding allocated from start to end date (dollars)

$546,807,456

Total federal funding planned spending to date (dollars)

$424,998,366

Total federal actual spending to date (dollars)

$380,177,454

Date of last renewal of initiative

Not applicable

Total federal funding allocated at the last renewal and source of funding (dollars)

Not applicable

Additional federal funding received after last renewal (dollars)

Not applicable

Total planned spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Total actual spending since last renewal

Not applicable

Fiscal year of planned completion of next evaluation

2022-23

Performance highlights

The federal government continued to support the effective implementation of the cannabis framework in 2020-21, working with provinces, territories, Indigenous governments, federal partners, regulated industry, municipalities, non-governmental organizations, academics, law enforcement, international partners, and communities to meet its objectives. The objectives of the Cannabis Act are to protect the public health and public safety of Canadians, particularly youth, while providing adults with legal access to regulated cannabis and reducing illicit activities.

More specifically, the following progress and achievements have been made in 2020-21:

Public Health

Public education and awareness is a fundamental component of the Government's public health approach to reducing the harms associated with cannabis, especially for youth. Health Canada led two cannabis public education campaigns, one launched in December 2020 targeted at pregnant women, and the second in March 2021 targeted at young adults aged 16 to 24 focusing on the risks and harms to mental health associated with cannabis use. In collaboration with partners, educators, and health professionals, the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) continues to support the Government of Canada's efforts to reduce substance-related harms through a variety of efforts. This includes supporting the Chief Public Health Officer as a leading voice on public health in Canada and developing tailored public education resources on substance use for various audiences, such as school communities, older adults, and postsecondary students. PHAC has also engaged with partners and stakeholders to mobilize knowledge on upstream approaches to the prevention of substance use and related harms in youth. Through investments in public education in 2020-21, the Government has helped Canadians make informed choices and better understand the risks associated with cannabis use. In 2020, 77% of Canadians strongly or somewhat agreed that they had access to enough trustworthy information about the health risks of cannabis to make informed decisions in comparison to 71% in 2019 (Canadian Cannabis Survey 2020).

Health Canada also provided scientific advice, conducted health risk assessments; and monitored, assessed, and communicated on adverse reactions, contributing to regulatory amendments, compliance and enforcement activities, and public education, with the goal of protecting public health. In 2020-21, Health Canada conducted four health risk assessments, more than 400 risk-related consultations, and screened 176 unique cases of adverse reactionsFootnote 65 with cannabis products, of which 33 involved hospitalization. The Department also made presentations on adverse reaction reporting and the vigilance framework for cannabis products to various stakeholders across Canada and internationally. Health Canada published the Cannabis Adverse Reaction Reporting Guide to inform federal licence holders on their mandatory reporting obligations as well as an Infowatch article to raise awareness of harmful cannabis-warfarin interactions. Additionally, to help monitor compliance with regulatory requirements, the Cannabis Regulations require federal licence holders to provide advance notice of their intent to introduce new cannabis products into the market. Health Canada reviewed a total of 23,905 notices of new cannabis products and followed up on 3.5% of the notices due to potential non-compliance with the regulations or because or potential safety concerns.

As a means of continuous improvement of the regulatory framework for cannabis, Health Canada consulted with and sought feedback from Canadians on a number of topics, including: a notice of intent on a proposal to provide the cannabis industry with financial relief amid the COVID-19 pandemic; a proposal to regulate non-therapeutic research under the Cannabis Act; the manner that public possession limits are calculated for different types of cannabis products; packaging and labelling requirements; COVID-19 measures; micro class licensing; and draft guidance related to the personal and designated production of cannabis for medical purposes.

The federally regulated production of cannabis continued to expand and diversify over the past year. From April 2020 to March 2021, the Department granted an additional 302 licences for cultivation, processing, and/or sale of cannabis for medical purposes and 596 licences for research, analytical testing, cannabis drug and/or industrial hemp. Health Canada also worked closely with Indigenous leaders, organizations and communities across the country to assist interested Indigenous groups in participating in the regulated cannabis sector. As of March 31, 2021, there were 249 engagement sessions with First Nations, Metis and Inuit leaders, organizations and communities. From April 2020 to March 2021, there were an additional 14 Indigenous-owned or -affiliated businesses located across Canada that received a Health Canada licence to cultivate or process cannabis for a total of 28 Indigenous businesses licensed, including two located on a reserve.

From a compliance and enforcement perspective, Health Canada is responsible for regulatory oversight of the legal industry, while law enforcement agencies are responsible for enforcing the criminal prohibitions associated with cannabis (such as the illegal production, distribution or sale or cannabis). The Department continued to engage with applicants, associations, industry representatives and regulated parties to increase knowledge of, and compliance with, regulatory requirements. Health Canada conducted 208 inspections and 185 compliance verifications with an overall industry compliance rate of 93% in 2020-21. There was one licence revocation, one licence suspension and two licence reinstatements as a result of compliance activities.

The impacts of cannabis legalization and regulation has been monitored closely through ongoing population-based surveys and other evaluation, research and monitoring activities. Health Canada is working closely with the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the Canadian Centre on Substance Use and Addiction (CCSA) and the Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC) to advance cannabis research priorities.

Public Safety

Results show that a diverse competitive legal cannabis industry has captured a significant proportion of the cannabis market. The proportion of cannabis spending in the legal market has grown from 9% in Q3 2018 to 58% in Q1 2021 (representing over $3.8B in annual legal spending from Q2 2020 through Q1 2021).

Public Safety Canada (PS) worked closely with federal, provincial and territorial partners and other key external stakeholders to displace the cannabis illicit market, including disrupting illicit online sales of cannabis. In 2020-21, PS led several initiatives and advanced partnerships through the implementation of the Online Illicit Cannabis Sales Action Plan. Activities focused on: increasing public education and awareness for consumers, and increasing information-sharing, resources and collaborative approaches among partners to support enforcement of cannabis legislation and regulations, as well as conducting outreach with third-party entities on ways to disrupt illicit activities. In addition, PS established a national sub-working group to monitor trends/patterns of the illicit cannabis market across the country.

To strengthen knowledge sharing of law enforcement practices among key stakeholders, PS and Health Canada held a Cannabis Compliance and Enforcement Symposium. This virtual symposium, held over three sessions on January 28, February 17 and March 25, 2021, brought together federal, provincial and territorial government officials, as well as law enforcement agencies, to discuss the main challenges as well as promising practices relating to cannabis enforcement.

Public Safety Canada also continued public education and awareness activities in 2020-2021 with the Don't Drive High campaign, to provide Canadians, and in particular, young Canadians aged 16 to 24, with information on the legal implications and laws associated with cannabis use and driving. Don't Drive High's fourth year featured a successful digital advertising campaign which took place in January and February 2021, where ads were delivered over 64M times across Canada on Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, YouTube, and websites, with 20.7M completed views of a new animated video ad. As part of the Online Illicit Cannabis Sales Action Plan and to raise awareness of the dangers/risks of consuming cannabis purchased from illegal online sources, in February and March 2021, articles, radio spots, and a new animated video were delivered to Canadians over 4.5M times.

In 2020-21, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) continued to investigate cannabis-related violations, as well as engage with partners and stakeholders to address illicit online cannabis sales and organized crime-related activities. It also continued to support cannabis-related training and capacity development for Federal Policing employees and focused on new classes of cannabis as well as changes to the Excise Act 2001.

Since March 2020, Criminal Intelligence Service Canada (CISC) established a National Intelligence Working Group of federal, provincial and municipal law enforcement partners to enhance information sharing on organized crime group involvement in the illicit cannabis market. In the future, CISC will use the National Intelligence Working Group to publish six intelligence reports annually on organized crime group-related trends and to inform its operational counterparts on the most important threats.

During the reporting period, the RCMP continued updating its internal policies related to the enforcement of the Cannabis Act. Revisions to RCMP policy included additional guidance and resources for investigations related to the Act.

The RCMP also updated the organization's approach to enforcement of the Cannabis Act in Indigenous communities. Some First Nations communities have asserted their authority to regulate cannabis-related activities. The RCMP continues to employ a measured approach regarding enforcement of the Act in Indigenous communities, while national-level discussions with Indigenous stakeholders and communities continue. The measured approach is the deliberate employment of pro-active engagement, communication, mitigation and facilitation measures by police. The RCMP continued to support the federal government's approach to engage in trilateral discussions with provinces, territories, and Indigenous communities around these issues.

In fiscal year 2020-21, the RCMP's National Youth Services (NYS) delivered several training sessions to RCMP officers who work with youth, which covered a variety of topics including the Youth Criminal Justice Act and cannabis. NYS also launched engagement sessions and educational materials for youth and those who work with this population. RCMPTalks – a talk show format presentation where NYS staff and a guest speaker present on a topic and answer questions directly from youth was delivered to approximately 1,000 students from 41 schools. The National Youth Advisory Committee also hosted several Facebook Live interactive panel discussions to better engage youth about the impact and trends of cannabis use in their communities.

NYS also launched the Botvin Lifeskills Training (BLST) pilot project, which was delivered in communities in Alberta, Manitoba and New Brunswick. The BLST is a youth drug prevention and lifestyle program that focuses on providing youth with social and substance resistance skills, as well as personal self-management skills. The pilot was delivered over the second half of the 2020-2021 school year, and will start again in September 2021 for a full 18 months.

In 2020-21, the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) continued to advance initiatives that support the identification and interception of high-risk people, goods and conveyances that pose a threat to the security of Canadians with respect to the illegitimate cross-border movement of cannabis. Mail and courier volumes have reached high levels due to the rapid rise of online shopping, and in fiscal year 2020-21, this has been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. In this fiscal year, 90% of cannabis interdictions occurred in the postal/courier environments as opposed to 10% in the traveller stream. The total number of border enforcement actions involving cannabis was 24,761 and the total quantity of cannabis interdicted was 11,808 kg. There were 4,750 seizures and 20,022 forfeitures. There were 11 enforcement actions where both a forfeiture and a seizure was administered, involving 6,974 kg of cannabis seized and 4,834 kg of cannabis forfeited. In fiscal year 2020-21, the CBSA acknowledged 89% of the appeals received within 10 calendar days and decided 72% of the Enforcement and Trusted Traveller appeals within 180 days. Moreover, CBSA implemented the Personal Administrative Monetary Penalty (AMP) Regime for contraventions of the Customs Act involving cannabis offences at the border on March 29, 2021. Since the coming into force of the Cannabis Act in 2018, the CBSA laboratory analyzed or partially analyzed 70% of the suspect cannabis samples received from ports of entry and 70% of the samples analyzed tested positive for cannabis. Although the CBSA published communication (i.e. social media and website) in the fiscal year 2019-20 reminding the public that unauthorized purchases from outside Canada (online or other) will be confiscated at the border and may lead to arrests and/or criminal prosecution, international postal centres continued to experience a high volume of e-commerce shipments containing unauthorized cannabis or cannabis and hemp-derived products.

Contact information

Health Canada

John Clare
Director General
Controlled Substances and Cannabis Branch
John.Clare@hc-sc.gc.ca
613-941-2045

Horizontal Initiative:

Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis

Shared Outcomes:
Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis - Shared Outcomes
Name of theme Theme Area 1: Establish, implement and enforce the new legislative framework Theme Area 2: Provide Canadians with information needed to make informed decisions and minimize health and safety harms Theme Area 3: Build law enforcement knowledge and engage partners and stakeholders on public safety Theme Area 4: Provide criminal intelligence, enforcement and related training activities Theme Area 5: Prevent and interdict prohibited cross-border movement of cannabis while maintaining the flow of legitimate travellers and goods Internal Services
Theme outcome(s)
  • A federally licensed and regulated (non-medical) industry is established [HC];
  • The federally licensed industry understands the legislation and regulatory requirements [HC];
  • The federally licensed industry is found to be compliant with regulatory requirements [HC]; and,
  • Law Enforcement Records Checks are conducted in support of Health Canada's security clearance decisions [RCMP].
  • Canadian youth understand the potential health and safety risks associated with cannabis use [HC];
  • Canadians use information to make informed decisions about the potential health and safety risks associated with the use of cannabis [HC];
  • Health care and social service professionals and public health officials have access to high-quality public health information [PHAC];
  • Health care and social service professionals and public health officials use information, knowledge and data products related to the public health impacts of cannabis and interventions to address them [PHAC];
  • Canadians are aware of the legal implications associated with cannabis use, and understand the laws associated with the new legislation [PS]; and,
  • Canadians use information provided by the program to make informed, lawful decisions [PS].
  • Law enforcement is well-informed to apply the new legislation [PS];
  • Evidence-based decision-making on organized crime and policing issues [PS];
  • Research projects related to cannabis and performance measurement implemented [PS];
  • Policy development and decision-making is informed by evidence and performance measurement [PS];
  • RCMP prevention and engagement activities support enhanced understanding among targeted partners and stakeholders, including youth and Indigenous communities [RCMP]; and,
  • Enhanced capacity of target populations, including partners and stakeholders, youth and Indigenous communities, to respond to the new cannabis regime [RCMP].
  • Information and intelligence products/advice related to illicit substances (including cannabis) are shared with Canadian law enforcement agencies and available to be used to target organized crime [RCMP];
  • Canadian law enforcement agencies have intelligence information to nationally coordinate activities to target organized crime groups involved in the Canadian cannabis market [RCMP];
  • RCMP staff have access to required training in regards to enforcement of the new cannabis regime [RCMP]; and,
  • RCMP employees have an increased ability to enforce the new cannabis regime [RCMP].
  • Travellers understand the requirements to declare cannabis and cannabis-related products when entering Canada [CBSA];
  • Travelers are provided a clear opportunity to declare cannabis in their possession at all primary inspection sites [CBSA];
  • CBSA has enhanced capacity to promote compliance and to enforce import-related laws [CBSA];
  • Prohibited cross border movement of cannabis is detected [CBSA];
  • Border-related regulations, accompanying policies and procedures, agreements, studies, and monitoring framework are developed and implemented [CBSA]; and,
  • Travellers and the import/export community have access to recourse mechanisms to challenge certain CBSA actions and decisions in a timely manner [CBSA].
Not applicable
Health Canada $370,394,429 $16,121,003 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $44,485,622
Canada Border Services Agency Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $34,600,853 $5,095,567
Public Health Agency of Canada Not applicable $2,586,174 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable $206,951
Public Safety Canada Not applicable $1,173,345 $3,810,640 Not applicable Not applicable $500,353
Royal Canadian Mounted Police $17,972,092 Not applicable $14,003,082 $26,798,704 Not applicable $9,058,641
Performance Information

Horizontal Initiative Overview

2020-21 Departmental Results Report – Horizontal Initiatives
Name of horizontal initiative Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal 2020-21 Planned spending 2020-21 Actual spending Horizontal initiative shared outcome(s) 2020-21 Performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020-21 Target(s) Date to achieve target 2020-21 Actual results

Implementing a New Federal Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis

$546,807,456

HC:
$106,808,226Footnote 1
RCMP:
$15,206,117Footnote 2
CBSA:
$9,099,051Footnote 3
PS:
$997,374Footnote 4
PHAC:
$623,472Footnote 5

HC:
$97,988,642
RCMP:
$14,398,430
CBSA:
$8,074,794
PS:
$954,241
PHAC:
$559,791

SO 1. Cannabis is kept out of the hands of Canadian children and youth [HC]

Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-17 and 18-24) who used cannabis in the last 12 months [HC]

Canadian Alcohol and Drugs Survey

Every two years

29% or lower for Canadians aged 15-24 (14% for Canadians aged 15-17 and 33% for Canadians aged 18-24)

March 31, 2025

26.9% for Canadians aged 15-24 (14.2% for Canadians aged 15-17 and 31.4% for Canadians aged 18-24)Footnote 6

SO 2. Criminal involvement in the illicit cannabis market is reduced [CBSA and RCMP]

Qualitative assessment on trends related to criminal involvement in the illicit cannabis market [RCMP]

Criminal Intelligence Service Canada (CISC) intelligence reports on organized crime group trends

Annually, but updated periodically throughout the year

1

March 31, 2022

5 CISC intelligence reports

Number of cannabis import interdictions at the border [CBSA]

Integrated Customs Enforcement System (ICES)

Quarterly

10% reduction (+/- 5%) to baseline of 20,933

March 31, 2021

22,845

Footnote 1

This amount includes internal services of $16,069,525.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

This amount includes internal services of $2,110,978.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

This amount includes internal services of $1,314,883.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

The total amount includes Internal Services of $82,158.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

This amount includes internal services of $45,988.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

Based on 2017 data from the Canadian Tobacco, Alcohol and Drugs Survey. As the data collection frequency for this indicator varies, previous year data has been reported. New data is expected to be available in 2021-22.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Theme Horizontal Initiative Activities - Theme 1 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 20120–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 1: Establish, implement and enforce the new horizontal initiative HC:
$370,394,429
RCMP:
$17,972,092
HC:
$89,818,843
RCMP:
$4,867,525
HC:
$86,155,527
RCMP:
$4,596,212
A federally licensed and regulated (non-medical) industry is established [HC] Number of licence applications (decisions) per year [HC]Footnote 1 Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System Annually 1,050 March 31, 2021 1,746Footnote 2
Percentage of licence applications reviewed within internal service standards [HC]Footnote 3 Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System Annually 75% March 31, 2021 Not availableFootnote 4
The federally licensed industry understands the legislation and regulatory requirements [HC] % of federal licence holders who indicate they have access to information to help them understand the regulatory requirements [HC] Survey of Licence Holders Every two years 80% March 31, 2021 Not availableFootnote 5
The federally licensed industry is found to be compliant with regulatory requirements [HC] Percentage of federally licensed industry that is found to be compliant with regulatory requirements [HC] Inspection Reports Annually 95% March 31, 2022 93%Footnote 6
Law Enforcement Records Checks (LERCs) are conducted in support of HC's security clearance decisions [RCMP] Percentage of LERCs completed within negotiated service standards [RCMP] Evidence and Reports III (E&R3) System Annually 75%Footnote 7 March 31, 2021 99.6%
Footnote 1

This indicator will be retired after the 2021-2022 fiscal year.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Result revised in Winter 2022 to reflect only applications (decisions).

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

This indicator includes licence applications with existing service standards which can be found on the Government of Canada website: https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/corporate/about-health-canada/legislation-guidelines/acts-regulations/service-standards-high-volume-regulatory-authorizations/cannabis-cultivation-processing-sale-medical-purposes-licence-application.html

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

Reporting on this indicator will begin following the close of fiscal year 2021-22. Reporting has not yet begun due to delays in implementing tracking and reporting of service standards for reviewing new commercial licence applications and amendments due to reduced capacity and delayed implementation of changes to the electronic submission tracking system (CTLS) during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

Given the negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on both potential survey responders (i.e. the cannabis industry) and Health Canada, the results for the survey have been delayed from March 31, 2021 to March 31, 2022.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

The higher rate of non-compliance is a result of Health Canada's improved risk-based approach to inspection planning as well as the transformation of the sales licence amendment procedures to include compliance ratings (Sales Inspection Pilot). These adjustments have led to a greater focus on the highest risk Licence Holders and as anticipated, a corresponding higher rate of non-compliance.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Footnote 7

The RCMP has applied an internal service level objective of 75% of all files with no adverse information completed within 15 business days.

Return to footnote 7 referrer

Theme 1 Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada Cannabis Program License federal producers and other legal market participants; provide client registration and other client services $211,618,075 $49,991,081 $49,774,089 ER 1.1.1 PI 1.1.1.1 Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System Annually T 1.1.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.1.1
PI 1.1.1.2 Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System Annually T 1.1.1.2 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.1.2
Compliance and enforcement: Design and promote compliance and enforcement; robust inspection program, involving pre- and post-licence inspections $158,776,354 $39,827,762 $36,381,438 ER 1.1.2 PI 1.1.2 Survey of Licence Holders Every two years T 1.1.2 March 31, 2021 AR 1.1.2
ER 1.1.3 PI 1.1.3 Inspection Reports Annually T 1.1.3 March 31, 2022 AR 1.1.3
Royal Canadian Mounted Police RCMP Departmental Security Build capacity to provide security screening reports (i.e., LERCs) to Health Canada to complete applications for the production of cannabis for non-medical purposes $17,972,092 $4,867,525 $4,596,212 ER 1.2 PI 1.2 Evidence and Reports III (E&R3) System Annually T 1.2 March 31, 2021 AR 1.2
Theme 2 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal* 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 2: Provide Canadians with information needed to make informed decisions and minimize health and safety harms HC:
$16,121,003
PHAC:
$2,586,174
PS:
$1,173,345
HC:
$919,860
PHAC:
$577,484
PS:
$314,669
HC:
$1,417,481
PHAC
$513,803
PS:
$282,065
Canadian youth understand the potential health and safety risks associated with cannabis use [HC] Percentage of youth (grades 7-12) who perceive that there is "no risk" in smoking cannabis on a regular basis [HC] Canadian Student Tobacco Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CSTADS) Every two years 7% March 31, 2024 7%Footnote 1
Canadians use information to make informed decisions about the potential health and safety risks associated with the use of cannabis [HC] Percentage of parents who discuss cannabis with their youth [HC] Public Opinion Research Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable 86%Footnote 2
Health care and social service professionals and public health officials have access to high-quality public health information [PHAC] Number of health care and social service professionals and public health officials accessing high-quality public health information and data products developed [PHAC] Records of decision, reports and speeches, website analytics Annually 200,000 March 31, 2022 193,763
Health care and social service professionals and public health officials use information, knowledge and data products related to the public health impacts of cannabis and interventions to address them [PHAC] Percentage of Chief Public Health Officer's Health Professionals Forum member organizations using information, knowledge and data products to make informed decisions [PHAC] Records of decision, reports and speeches, website analytics Annually 75% March 31, 2021 Not availableFootnote 3
Canadians are aware of the legal implications associated with cannabis use, and understand the laws associated with the new legislation [PS] Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24)Footnote 4 who indicate that they are aware of the new legislation, and the consequences related to making certain decisions involving cannabis [PS] Public Opinion Research Every two years 22% March 31, 2022 19%Footnote 5
Canadians use information provided by the program to make informed, lawful decisions [PS] Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24)Footnote 6 who have indicated that they have made informed, lawful decisions around cannabis that protected themselves, and the safety of others [PS] Public Opinion Research Every two years 51%Footnote 7 March 31, 2022 31% - legal storefront and 17% - legal online sourceFootnote 8
Footnote 1

Data is collected through the Canadian Student Tobacco Alcohol and Drugs Survey. Data for 2020-21 is not available as the 2020-21 survey was postponed due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the uncertainty around in-class instruction for grade 7 to 12 students in Canada. The next set of data will be collected in 2021-22. In the meantime, data for 2018-19 has been presented.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

Data collected in 2016 from the Survey on Awareness, Knowledge and Behaviour Associated with Recreational Use of Marijuana https://epe.lac-bac.gc.ca/100/200/301/pwgsc-tpsgc/por-ef/health/2016/046-15-e/report-rapport-eng.html. The survey for this indicator has been discontinued. Moving forward, this indicator will be replaced by a more meaningful indicator to measure the intended outcome "% of Canadians who strongly agree or somewhat agree that they have access to information about the health risks of cannabis to make informed decisions". This will be reflected in the 2021-22 Horizontal Initiative Annex.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Data for this indicator for 2020-21 is unavailable because the CPHO Health Professionals Forum is the primary source of data. Forum agendas in 2020-21 were dedicated to topics related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

The target audience has been widened to all Canadians. This is adjusted accordingly in the 2021-22 Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

Public Opinion Research being conducted every two years. Latest data has been reported using results from the 2019-20 Public Opinion Research. The next set of data will be available in 2021-22.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

The target audience has been widened to all Canadians. This is adjusted accordingly in the 2021-22 Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Footnote 7

Refers to Canadians who have used cannabis in the past 12 months indicating they usually purchase cannabis from a legal storefront or legal online source.

Return to footnote 7 referrer

Footnote 8

Public Opinion Research being conducted every two years. Latest data has been reported using results from the 2019-20 Public Opinion Research. The next set of data will be available in 2021-22.

Return to footnote 8 referrer

Theme 2 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Health Canada Cannabis Program Public education and outreach: Provide Canadians with information about health and safety risks associated cannabis use $16,121,003 $919,860 $1,417,481 ER 2.1.1 PI 2.1.1 Canadian Student Tobacco Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CSTADS) Every two years T 2.1.1 March 31, 2024 AR 2.1.1
ER 2.1.2 PI 2.1.2 Public Opinion Research Not applicable T 2.1.2 Not applicable AR 2.1.2
Public Health Agency of Canada Evidence for Health Promotion and Chronic Disease and Injury Prevention Program Develop public health advice to support the role of Canada's Chief Public Health Officer (CPHO) through knowledge translation and horizontal analysis $2,586,174 $577,484 $513,803 ER 2.2.1 PI 2.2.1 Records of decision, reports and speeches, website analytics Annually T 2.2.1 March 31, 2022 AR 2.2.1
ER 2.2.2 PI 2.2.2 Records of decision, reports and speeches, website analytics Annually T 2.2.2 March 31, 2021 AR 2.2.2
Public Safety Crime Prevention Public education and awareness $1,173,345 $314,669 $282,065 ER 2.3.1 PI 2.3.1 Public Opinion Research Every two years T 2.3.1 March 31, 2022 AR 2.3.1
ER 2.3.2 PI 2.3.2 Public Opinion Research Every two years T 2.3.2 March 31, 2022 AR 2.3.2
Theme 2 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 3: Build law enforcement knowledge and engage partners and stakeholders on public safety PS:
$3,810,640
RCMP:
$14,003,082
PS:
$600,547
RCMP:
$3,259,091
PS:
$590,018
RCMP:
$2,817,017
Law enforcement is well-informed to apply the new legislation [PS] Percentage of law enforcement knowledgeable about the changes to the new regime, and able to use the legislative framework as a result of the training materials [PS] Canadian Police Knowledge Network Training Data Annually 33% of frontline police officers access materials 75% of officers with access to materials find the materials helpful March 31, 2021 Targets achieved in fiscal year 2019-20.
Evidence-based decision-making on organized crime and policing issues [PS] Percentage of stakeholders who indicate that the materials informed decision making [PS] Stakeholder Survey Annually 75% March 31, 2021 Not availableFootnote 1
Number of working meetings and consultations with stakeholders held [PS] Federal/provincial/territorial working group meetings, Assistant Deputy Minister meetings, external stakeholder meetings, symposiums, etc. Annually 15 March 31, 2021 30
Number of new initiatives considered for implementation [PS] Reports and feedback from consultations with stakeholders Annually 2 March 31, 2021 3
Research projects related to cannabis and performance measurement implemented [PS] Percentage of research projects related to performance measurement completed and disseminated [PS] Internal Tracking Ongoing 100% March 31, 2021 0%Footnote 2
Policy development and decision-making is informed by evidence and performance measurement [PS] Percentage of stakeholders indicating that policy development and decision making was based on performance measurement results and lessons learned [PS] Stakeholder Survey Annually 50% March 31, 2021 Not availableFootnote 3
RCMP prevention and engagement activities support enhanced understanding among targeted partners and stakeholders, including youth and Indigenous communities [RCMP] Percentage of targeted federal partners and stakeholders who strongly agree or agree with the statement "RCMP Federal Policing contributes to increased understanding specific to the new cannabis regime, organized crime, and the illicit cannabis market" [RCMP] Policing Partners and Stakeholders Survey Annually 45% March 31, 2021 38%Footnote 4
Number of information inquiries responded to by the Centre for Youth Crime Prevention [RCMP] Internal statistics from the Centre for Youth Crime Prevention mailbox tracking Extrapolated monthly, reported annually 150 March 31, 2021 348
Enhanced capacity of target populations, including partners and stakeholders, youth and Indigenous communities, to respond to the new cannabis regime [RCMP] Percentage of targeted partners/stakeholders who strongly agree or agree with the statement "RCMP Federal Policing contributes to an increased skills/ability to respond to the new cannabis regime" [RCMP] Policing Partners and Stakeholders Survey Annually 30% March 31, 2021 33%
Percentage of youth resource officers who positively assessed the impact of training [RCMP] Post-course internal survey Annually 80% March 31, 2021 90%
Footnote 1

A result cannot be established at this time due to the insufficient number of responses received to the survey. A follow-up survey will be conducted in fiscal year 2021-22.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

In 2020-21, Public Safety Canada conducted a research study on disruption practices of drug markets, including cannabis, but it was not completed and disseminated by March 31, 2021. Research studies are planned for 2021-22, including on issues related to the online sales of illicit cannabis.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

A result cannot be established at this time due to the insufficient number of responses received to the survey. A follow-up survey will be conducted in fiscal year 2021-22.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

Target may not have been met due to the cancellation of events and reduced ability to engage with stakeholders, particularly in-person, as a result of restrictions due to COVID-19.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Theme 3 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Public Safety Serious and Organized Crime Training for law enforcement $3,810,640 $600,547 $590,018 ER 3.1.1 PI 3.1.1 Canadian Police Knowledge Network Training Data
Annually
T 3.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.1
ER 3.1.2 PI 3.1.2.1 Stakeholder Survey Annually T 3.1.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.2.1
PI 3.1.2.2 Federal/provincial/territorial working group meetings, Assistant Deputy Minister meetings, external stakeholder meetings, symposiums, etc. Annually T 3.1.2.2 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.2.2
PI 3.1.2.3 Reports and feedback from consultations with stakeholders Annually T 3.1.2.3 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.2.3
Develop policies to inform operational law enforcement efforts See first amount for Serious and Organized Crime See first amount for Serious and Organized Crime   ER 3.1.3 PI 3.1.3 Internal tracking Ongoing T 3.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.3
ER 3.1.4 PI 3.1.4 Stakeholder Survey Annually T 3.1.4 March 31, 2021 AR 3.1.4
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Sub-Sub-Program 1.1.2.5 Public Engagement Enhance RCMP's capacity to develop and deliver prevention and outreach activities on the new cannabis regime from a law enforcement perspective. $5,507,991 $1,580,590 $1,138,516 ER 3.2.1 PI 3.2.1.1 Policing Partners and Stakeholders Survey Annually T 3.2.1.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.1.1
PI 3.2.1.2 Internal statistics from the Centre for Youth Crime Prevention mailbox tracking Extrapolated monthly, reported annually T 3.2.1.2 March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.1.2
Sub-Sub-Program 1.1.3.5 Operational Readiness and Response $8,495,091 $1,678,501 $1,678,501 ER 3.2.2 PI 3.2.2.1 Policing Partners and Stakeholders Survey Annually T 3.2.2.1 March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.2.1
PI 3.2.2.2 Post-course internal survey Annually T 3.2.2.2 March 31, 2021 AR 3.2.2.2
Theme 4 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 4: Provide criminal intelligence, enforcement and related training activities RCMP:
$26,798,704
RCMP:
$4,968,523
RCMP:
$4,874,223
Information and intelligence products related to illicit substances (including cannabis) are shared with Canadian law enforcement agencies and available to be used to target organized crime [RCMP] Percentage or number of RCMP information / intelligence products / advice that indicate organized crime groups' activities in the Canadian cannabis market shared with RCMP senior management, divisions, domestic partners (including Canadian law enforcement) or international partners [RCMP] Federal Policing and National Intelligence consolidation of responses from Division cannabis intelligence analysts Annually Not applicableFootnote 1 March 31, 2022 23
Canadian law enforcement agencies have intelligence information to nationally coordinate activities to target organized crime groups involved in the Canadian cannabis market [RCMP] Number of organized crime groups involved in the illicit cannabis market for which there are intelligence gaps is reduced which will result in efficient and accurate targeting by the law enforcement community [RCMP] Not applicable Not applicable TBD by December 31, 2022Footnote 2 TBD by December 31, 2022 Not applicable
Number or percentage of information and intelligence products that are used to guide enforcement against organized crime groups in the Canadian cannabis market [RCMP] Federal Policing and National Intelligence consolidation of responses from Division cannabis intelligence analysts Annually 3 March 31, 2022 19
RCMP staff have access to required training in regards to enforcement of the new cannabis regime [RCMP] PercentageFootnote 3 of target audience who have received the appropriate cannabis related training [RCMP] Agora Annually 80% October 31, 2021 63.8%
RCMP employees have an increased ability to enforce the new cannabis regime [RCMP] Percentage of training participants who reported an increased level of knowledge and ability to enforce the new cannabis regime [RCMP] Response to evaluation question - Agora Annually 100% October 31, 2021 81.3%
 
Footnote 1

Note that the target is no longer applicable given the outcomes of intel products are not dependant on the number of products produced but the quality of the intelligence.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

A target and target date cannot be established at this time as the information available on organized crime groups in relation to cannabis is insufficient due to the reallocation of enforcement resources to other criminal threats. A target and a target date will be established by December 31, 2022, once a new data collection process is implemented.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

Percentage is calculated based on the number of active Regular Members (RMs) currently on strength.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Theme 4 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
RCMP Criminal Intelligence Enhance RCMP's ability to collect, assess and disseminate information and intelligence related to the evolution of organized crime's involvement in the illicit substances market $4,402,524 $1,009,611 $1,009,611 ER 4.1.1 PI 4.1.1 Federal Policing and National Intelligence consolidation of responses from Division cannabis intelligence analysts Annually T 4.1.1 March 31, 2022 AR 4.1.1
Federal Policing General Investigations $14,219,253 $3,166,674 $3,166,674 ER 4.1.2 PI 4.1.2.1 Not applicable Not applicable T 4.1.2.1 TBD by December 31, 2022 AR 4.1.2.1
Criminal Intelligence Service Canada $1,704,611 $327,370 $233,070 PI 4.1.2.2 Federal Policing and National Intelligence consolidation of responses from Division cannabis intelligence analysts Annually T 4.1.2.2 March 31, 2022 AR 4.1.2.2
Human Resources Management Services Ensure that the RCMP is able to develop and deliver extensive training to its officers across Canada to support national implementation and ensure appropriate and standardized criminal enforcement of the new regime $2,898,054 $322,621 $322,621 ER 4.1.3 PI 4.1.3 Agora Annually T 4.1.3 October 31, 2021 AR 4.1.3.1
AR 4.1.3.2
Information Technology Services $3,574,262 $142,247 $142,247 ER 4.1.4 PI 4.1.4 Response to evaluation question – Agora Annually T 4.1.4 October 31, 2021 AR 4.1.4.1
AR 4.1.4.2
Theme 5 Details
Name of theme Total federal theme funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Federal theme planned spending 2020–21 Federal theme actual spending Theme outcome(s) Theme performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency Theme target(s) Date to achieve theme target 2020-21 Actual results
Theme Area 5: Prevent and interdict prohibited cross-border movement of cannabis while maintaining the flow of legitimate travellers and goods CBSA:
$34,600,853
CBSA:
$7,784,169
CBSA:
$6,759,911
Travellers understand the requirements to declare cannabis and cannabis-related products when entering Canada [CBSA] Percentage of ports of entry with displayed signage on cannabis [CBSA] Not applicable Not applicable 75% of major ports and 100% of other priority ports Achieved March 31, 2019 100%Footnote 1
CBSA awareness tools are in place to inform travelling public on prohibition of cross-border movement of cannabis [CBSA] Not applicable Not applicable 100% of the digital strategy launched Achieved March 31, 2019 100%Footnote 2
Travellers are provided a clear opportunity to declare cannabis in their possession at all primary inspection sites [CBSA] Percentage of relevant primary inspection kiosks, systems, training materials, operational guidelines and forms in all modes updated [CBSA] Not applicable Not applicable 100% Achieved March 31, 2019 100%Footnote 3
CBSA has enhanced capacity to promote compliance and to enforce import-related laws [CBSA] Number of cannabis import interdictions at ports of entry [CBSA] Integrated Customs Enforcement System (ICES) Quarterly 10% reduction (+/- 5% variance) to baseline of 20,933 March 31, 2021 22,845Footnote 4
Prohibited cross border movement of cannabis detected Percentage of referred cannabis samples analyzed within 30 days [CBSA] Laboratory Services Support System (LASS) Quarterly 90% March 31, 2021 10%Footnote 5
Travellers and the import/export community have access to recourse mechanisms to challenge certain CBSA actions and decisions in a timely manner [CBSA] Percentage of appeals received that are acknowledged within 10 calendar days [CBSA] Recourse Information Management System (RIMS) Quarterly 85% March 31, 2021 89%
Percentage of Enforcement and Trusted Traveller appeals received that are decided within 180 calendar days [CBSA] RIMS Quarterly 70% March 31, 2021 72%
Percentage of Trade related appeals - Tariff Classification - that are decided within 365 calendars days (for cases never held in abeyance) [CBSA] RIMS Quarterly 70% March 31, 2021 Not applicableFootnote 6
Percentage of cannabis-related complaints for which the CBSA contact the complainant within 14 calendar days after a written complaint is received [CBSA] MS Access Database Quarterly 85% March 31, 2021 81%Footnote 7
Percentage of cannabis-related complaints for which the CBSA provides a final written response to the complainant within 40 calendar days after a written complaint is received [CBSA] MS Access Database Quarterly 90% March 31, 2021 100%
Footnote 1

This indicator has been achieved in fiscal year 2018-19 and is deemed complete.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

This indicator has been achieved in fiscal year 2018-19 and is deemed complete.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

This indicator has been achieved in fiscal year 2018-19 and is deemed complete.

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

Due to the high volumes of e-commerce shipments entering Canada in the postal and courier shipments, the CBSA is detecting cannabis products with increasing frequency resulting in high rates of interdiction.

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

In addition to sampling various types of cannabis products, the CBSA laboratory has had to spend time developing detailed cannabis analysis and testing methods. As a result, the number of samples processed in fiscal year 2020-21 was lower than expected.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

The CBSA did not receive any trade-related appeals.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Footnote 7

The Recourse Program does not have an oversight function once complaints are assigned to the appropriate CBSA Office of Primary Interest (Branches and Regions). This is an Agency performance indicator and target. The program is responsible for logging, tasking and administrative closures of complaints.

Return to footnote 7 referrer

Theme 5 - Horizontal Initiative Activities
Departments Link to the department's Program Inventory Horizontal initiative activity (activities) Total federal funding allocated to each horizontal initiative activity since the last renewal 2020–21 Planned spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Actual spending for each horizontal initiative activity 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity expected result(s) 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity performance indicator(s) Data source Data collection frequency 2020–21 Horizontal initiative activity target(s) Date to achieve horizontal initiative activity target 2020-21 Actual results
Canadian Border Services Agency Traveller Facilitation and Compliance Program Traveller awareness $1,008,014 $0 $0 ER 5.1.1 PI 5.1.1.1 Not applicable Not applicable T 5.1.1.1 Achieved March 31, 2019 AR 5.1.1.1
PI 5.1.1.2 Not applicable Not applicable T 5.1.1.2 Achieved March 31, 2019 AR 5.1.1.2
Port of entry processing $20,952,092 $5,034,354 $5,034,354 ER 5.1.2 PI 5.1.2 Not applicable Not applicable T 5.1.2 Achieved March 31, 2019 AR 5.1.2
Regulatory compliance and enforcement $4,074,333 $973,669 $119,009 ER 5.1.3 PI 5.1.3 ICES Quarterly T 5.1.3 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.3
Policy, Monitoring and Reporting $4,766,720 $845,701 $724,179 Completed in 2018-19 Completed in 2018-19 Not applicable Not applicable Completed in 2018-19 March 31, 2021 Completed in 2018-19
Field TechnologyFootnote 1 Laboratory Services $1,011,397 $241,015 $177,369 ER 5.1.4 PI 5.1.4 LASS Quarterly T 5.1.4 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.4
Recourse Regulatory compliance and enforcement $2,788,297 $689,430 $705,000 ER 5.1.5 PI 5.1.5.1 RIMS Quarterly T 5.1.5.1 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.5.1
PI 5.1.5.2 RIMS Quarterly T 5.1.5.2 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.5.2
PI 5.1.5.3 RIMS Quarterly T 5.1.5.3 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.5.3
PI 5.1.5.4 MS Access Database Quarterly T 5.1.5.4 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.5.4
PI 5.1.5.5 MS Access Database Quarterly T 5.1.5.5 March 31, 2021 AR 5.1.5.5
Footnote 1

CBSA transitioned from the Program Alignment Architecture (PAA) to the Departmental Result framework (DRF) in fiscal year 2018-19. During the transition, CBSA continues to refine the activities within the program inventories, as such laboratory services is lined to Field Technology Support.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Total Spending, All Themes
Theme Total federal funding allocated since the last renewal 2020–21 Total federal planned spending 2020–21 Total federal actual spending
Theme 1 $388,366,521 $94,686,368 $90,751,739
Theme 2 $19,880,522 $1,812,013 $2,213,349
Theme 3 $17,813,722 $3,859,638 $3,407,035
Theme 4 $26,798,704 $4,968,523 $4,874,223
Theme 5 $34,600,853 $7,784,168 $6,759,911
Total, all themesFootnote 1, Footnote 2 $487,460,322 $113,110,710 $108,006,257
Footnote 1

The Public Health Agency of Canada's actual expenditures for 2020-21 are lower than expected given delays in contracting due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

The CBSA's variance between 2020-21 planned and actual spending is due to the fact that there has been no litigation cost (accounts for more than half of the amount lapsed), delays in the development of a systematic reporting solution, and funds allocated for travel were not used due to pandemic travel restrictions.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Theme 1: Establish, implement and enforce the new horizontal initiative
Expected results

Health Canada

ER 1.1.1 A federally licensed and regulated (non-medical) industry is established.

ER 1.1.2 The federally licensed industry understands the legislation and regulatory requirements.

ER 1.1.3 The federally licensed industry is found to be compliant with regulatory requirements.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

ER 1.2 Law Enforcement Records Checks (LERCs) are conducted in support of HC's security clearance decisions.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 1.1.1.1 Number of licence applications decisions per year.

PI 1.1.1.2 Percentage of licensed applications reviewed within internal service standards.

PI 1.1.2 Percentage of federal licence holders who indicate they have access to information to help them understand the regulatory requirements.

PI 1.1.3 Percentage of federally licensed industry that is found to be compliant with regulatory requirements.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

PI 1.2 Percentage of LERCs completed within negotiated service standards.

Targets

Health Canada

T 1.1.1.1 1,050

T 1.1.1.2 75%

T 1.1.2 80%

T 1.1.3 95%

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

T 1.2. 75%

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 1.1.1.1 1,746

AR 1.1.1.2 Not available

AR 1.1.2 Not available

AR 1.1.3 93%

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

AR 1.2 99.6%

Theme 2: Provide Canadians with information needed to make informed decisions and minimize health and safety harms
Expected results

Health Canada

ER 2.1.1 Canadian youth understand the potential health and safety risks associated with cannabis use.

ER 2.1.2 Canadians use information to make informed decisions about the potential health and safety risks associated with the use of cannabis.

Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 2.2.1 Health care and social service professionals and public health officials have access to high-quality public health information.

ER 2.2.2 Health care and social service professionals and public health officials use information, knowledge and data products related to the public health impacts of cannabis and interventions to address them.

Public Safety Canada

ER 2.3.1 Canadians are aware of the legal implications associated with cannabis use, and understand the laws associated with the new legislation.

ER 2.3.2 Canadians use information provided by the program to make informed, lawful decisions.

Performance indicators

Health Canada

PI 2.1.1 Percentage of youth (grades 7-12) who perceive that there is "no risk" in smoking cannabis on a regular basis.

PI 2.1.2 Percentage of parents who discuss cannabis with their youth.

Public Health Agency of Canada

PI 2.2.1 Number of health care and social service professionals and public health officials accessing high-quality public health information and data products developed.

PI 2.2.2 Percentage of Chief Public Health Officer's Health Professionals Forum member organizations using information, knowledge and data products to make informed decisions.

Public Safety Canada

PI 2.3.1 Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24) who indicate that they are aware of the new legislation, and the consequences related to making certain decisions involving cannabis.

PI 2.3.2 Percentage of Canadians (aged 15-24) who have indicated that they have made informed, lawful decisions around cannabis that protected themselves, and the safety of others.

Targets

Health Canada

T 2.1.1 7%
T 2.1.2 Not applicable

Public Health Agency of Canada

T 2.2.1 200,000

T 2.2.2 75%

Public Safety Canada

T 2.3.1 22%

T 2.3.2 51%

Actual Results

Health Canada

AR 2.1.1 7%

AR 2.1.2 86%

Public Health Agency of Canada

AR 2.2.1 189,763 as of January 2021

AR 2.2.2 Not available

Public Safety Canada

AR 2.3.1 19%

AR 2.3.2 31% - legal storefront and 17% - legal online sales

Theme 3: Build law enforcement knowledge and engage partners and stakeholders on public safety
Expected results

Public Safety Canada

ER 3.1.1 Law enforcement is well-informed to apply the new legislation.

ER 3.1.2 Evidence-based decision-making on organized crime and policing issues.

ER 3.1.3 Research projects related to cannabis and performance measurement implemented.

ER 3.1.4 Policy development and decision-making is informed by evidence and performance measurement.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

ER 3.2.1 RCMP prevention and engagement activities support enhanced understanding among targeted partners and stakeholders, including youth and Indigenous communities.

ER 3.2.2 Enhanced capacity of target populations, including partners and stakeholders, youth and Indigenous communities, to respond to the new cannabis regime.

Performance indicators

Public Safety Canada

PI 3.1.1 Percentage of law enforcement knowledgeable about the changes to the new regime, and able to use the legislative framework as a result of the training materials.

PI 3.1.2.1 Percentage of stakeholders who indicate that the materials informed decision making.

PI 3.1.2.2 Number of working meetings and consultations with stakeholders held.

PI 3.1.2.3 Number of new initiatives considered for implementation.

PI 3.1.3 Percentage of research projects related to performance measurement completed and disseminated.

PI 3.1.4 Percentage of stakeholders indicating that policy development and decision making was based on performance measurement results and lessons learned.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

PI 3.2.1.1 Percentage of targeted federal partners and stakeholders who strongly agree or agree with the statement "RCMP Federal Policing contributes to increased understanding specific to the new cannabis regime, organized crime, and the illicit cannabis market".

PI 3.2.1.2 Number of information inquiries responded to by the Centre for Youth Crime Prevention.

PI 3.2.2.1 Percentage of targeted partners/stakeholders who strongly agree or agree with the statement "RCMP Federal Policing contributes to an increased skills/ability to respond to the new cannabis regime".

PI 3.2.2.2 Percentage of youth resource officers who positively assessed the impact of training.

Targets

Public Safety Canada

T 3.1.1 33% of frontline police officers access materials

75% of officers with access to materials find the materials helpful.

T 3.1.2.1 75%

T 3.1.2.2 15

T 3.1.2.3 2

T 3.1.3 100%

T 3.1.4 50%

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

T 3.2.1.1 45%

T 3.2.1.2 150

T 3.2.2.1 30%

T 3.2.2.2 80%

Actual Results

Public Safety Canada

AR 3.1.1 Targets achieved in fiscal year 2019-20

AR 3.1.2.1 Not available

AR 3.1.2.2 30

AR 3.1.2.3 3

AR 3.1.3 0%

AR 3.1.4 Not available

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

AR 3.2.1.1 38%

AR 3.2.1.2 348

AR 3.2.2.1 33%

AR 3.2.2.2 90%

Theme 4: Provide criminal intelligence, enforcement and related training activities
Expected results

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

ER 4.1.1 Information and intelligence products/advice related to illicit substances (including cannabis) are shared with Canadian law enforcement agencies and available to be used to target organized crime.

ER 4.1.2 Canadian law enforcement agencies have intelligence information to nationally coordinate activities to target organized crime groups involved in the Canadian cannabis market.

ER 4.1.3 RCMP staff have access to required training in regards to enforcement of the new cannabis regime.

ER 4.1.4 RCMP employees have an increased ability to enforce the new cannabis regime.

Performance indicators

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

PI 4.1.1 Percentage or number of RCMP information / intelligence products / advice incorporating organized crime groups' activities in the Canadian cannabis market shared with RCMP senior management, divisions, domestic partners (including Canadian law enforcement) or international partners.

PI 4.1.2.1 Number of organized crime groups involved in the illicit cannabis market for which there are intelligence gaps is reduced which will result in efficient and accurate targeting by the law enforcement community.

PI 4.1.2.2 Number or percentage of information and intelligence products that are used to guide enforcement against organized crime groups in the Canadian cannabis market.

PI 4.1.3 Percentage of target audience who have received the appropriate cannabis related training.

PI 4.1.4 Percentage of training participants who reported an increased level of knowledge and ability to enforce the new cannabis regime.

Targets

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

T 4.1.1 Not applicable

T 4.1.2.1 TBD by December 31, 2022

T 4.1.2.2 3

T 4.1.3 80%.

T 4.1.4 100%.

Actual Results

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

AR 4.1.1 23

AR 4.1.2.1 Not applicable

AR 4.1.2.2 19

AR 4.1.3 63.8%

AR 4.1.4 81.3%

Theme 5: Prevent and interdict prohibited cross-border movement of cannabis while maintaining the flow of legitimate travellers and goods
Expected results

Canada Border Services Agency

ER 5.1.1 Travellers understand the requirements to declare cannabis and cannabis-related products when entering Canada.

ER 5.1.2 Travellers are provided a clear opportunity to declare cannabis in their possession at all primary inspection sites.

ER 5.1.3 CBSA has enhanced capacity to promote compliance and to enforce import-related laws.

ER 5.1.4 Prohibited cross border movement of cannabis is detected.

ER 5.1.5 Travellers and the import/export community have access to recourse mechanisms to challenge certain CBSA actions and decisions in a timely manner.

Performance indicators

Canada Border Services Agency

PI 5.1.1.1 Percentage of ports of entry with displayed signage on cannabis.

PI 5.1.1.2 CBSA awareness tools are in place to inform travelling public on prohibition of cross-border movement of cannabis.

PI 5.1.2 Percentage of relevant primary inspection kiosks, systems, training materials, operational guidelines and forms in all modes updated.

PI 5.1.3 Number of cannabis import interdictions at ports of entry.

PI 5.1.4 Percentage of referred cannabis samples analyzed within 30 days.

PI 5.1.5.1 Percentage of appeals received that are acknowledged within 10 calendar days.

PI 5.1.5.2 Percentage of Enforcement and Trusted Traveller appeals received that are decided within 180 calendar days.

PI 5.1.5.3 Percentage of Trade related appeals – Tariff Classification – that are decided within 365 calendars days (for cases never held in abeyance).

PI 5.1.5.4 Percentage of cannabis-related complaints for which the CBSA contact the complainant within 14 calendar days after a written complaint is received.

PI 5.1.5.5 Percentage of cannabis-related complaints for which CBSA provides a final written response to the complainant within 40 calendar days after a written complaint is received.

Targets

Canada Border Services Agency

T 5.1.1.1 Achieved March 31, 2019

T 5.1.1.2 Achieved March 31, 2019

T 5.1.2 Achieved March 31, 2019

T 5.1.3 10% reduction (+/- 5% variance) to baseline of 20,933

T 5.1.4 90%

T 5.1.5.1 85%

T 5.1.5.2 70%

T 5.1.5.3 70%

T 5.1.5.4 85%

T 5.1.5.5 90%

Actual Results

Canada Border Services Agency

AR 5.1.1.1 100%

AR 5.1.1.2 100%

AR 5.1.2 100%

AR 5.1.3 22,845 (9% increase from baseline)

AR 5.1.4 10%

AR 5.1.5.1 89%

AR 5.1.5.2 72%

AR 5.1.5.3 Not applicable

AR 5.1.5.4 81%

AR 5.1.5.5 100%

Up-front multi-year funding

Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement

General information

Recipient information

Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement formerly the Canadian Health Services Research Foundation.Footnote 66

Start date

1996-97

End date

Not Applicable

Link to Departmental Result(s)
Link to department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objective of transfer payment

When the Canadian Health Services Research Foundation was established as an independent organization, its priorities were to bring researchers and decision-makers together to identify gaps in applied health services research, fund the researchers who could investigate those gaps, and promote best practices of health services delivery and their outcomes. To reflect the evolution of its work, the organization was renamed the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement (CFHI) in 2012. The organization aims to: find and promote health care innovators and innovations; drive rapid adoption of proven innovations; enable improvement-oriented systems; and, shape the future of healthcare.

Up-front multi-year funding included:

Additional federal grants were provided for the following purposes:

Subsequent funding has been delivered through contribution funding rather than up-front, multi-year funding.

Audit findings by the recipient during 2020-21, and future plan

CFHI's financial records are reviewed and audited annually by independent external auditors. The 2020-21 external financial and pension audits showed no major concerns. Independent external auditors will continue to perform audits on an annual basis.

Evaluation findings by the recipient during 2020-21, and future plan

CFHI pursues ongoing internal evaluative and measurement work of its activities and reports its results through its website and annual reports. It also undertook an independent 5-year corporate evaluation for the period from 2014 to 2019, in 2019-20 to examine the relevance, effectiveness and efficiency of its work. The results were released in late June 2020 and showed the organization demonstrated good alignment with the priorities and requirements of its stakeholders; it has greatly contributed to the acceleration of healthcare improvements in Canada and it has achieved a high degree of success in achieving its outcomes; and it has a well-defined governance mechanism and policies in place at the Board of Directors level.

CFHI is expected to release an annual report for fiscal year 2020-21 in Fall 2021.

Summary of results achieved by the recipient

The Canadian Health Services Research Foundation, and later the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement, facilitated ongoing interaction, collaboration, and exchange of ideas and information between governments and others from the public and private health care sectors; patients, families and caregivers; and health and social service providers. It did so by finding and promoting innovators and innovations; driving rapid adoption of proven innovations; enabling improvement-oriented systems; and, shaping the future of healthcare.

As its designated successor, Healthcare Excellence Canada will assume ownership of the remaining up-front multi-year funding, which is being held in reserve to address potential staffing and pension liability costs. There are no new results associated with the up-front multi-year funding to report for 2020-21.

With ongoing contribution funding now in place, most recently provided through a new agreement that provides annual funding from 2021-22 to 2025-26. CFHI has been considering how to best use its remaining up-front multi-year funding (approximately $11 million). Addressing issues in the Long Term Care sector and other challenges brought to light by the pandemic are being considered.

Total funding approved (dollars)

$151,500,000

Total funding received (dollars)

$151,500,000

Financial information (dollars)

Planned spending in 2020−21
N/A
Total authorities available for use in 2020−21
N/A
Actual spending (authorities used) in 2020-21
N/A
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
N/A
Explanation of variance
N/A
Note: CFHI's contribution funding is reported under the Details on Transfer Payment Programs of $5 Million or More section of the Supplementary Information Tables.

Canada Health Infoway

General information

Recipient information

Canada Health Infoway (Infoway)

Start date

March 31, 2001Footnote 67

End date

March 31, 2015Footnote 68

Link to Departmental Result(s)
Link to department's Program Inventory
Purpose and objective of transfer payment

Canada Health Infoway Inc. is an independent, not-for-profit corporation established in 2001 to accelerate the development of electronic health technologies such as electronic health records (EHRs) and telehealth on a pan-Canadian basis.

Between 2001 and 2010, the Government of Canada committed $2.1 billion to Infoway in the form of grants and up-front multi-year funding consisting of: $500 million in 2001 to strengthen a Canada-wide health infostructure, with the EHR as a priority; $600 million in 2003 to accelerate implementation of the EHR and Telehealth; $100 million in 2004 to support the development of a pan-Canadian health surveillance system; $400 million in 2007 to support continued work on EHRs and wait time reductions (fully expended); and $500 million in 2010 to support continued implementation of EHRs, implementation of electronic medical records (EMRs) in physicians' offices, and integration of points of service with the EHR system (fully expended). Infoway invests in electronic health projects in collaboration with a range of partners, in particular provincial and territorial governments, typically on a cost-shared basis. Project payments are made based on the completion of pre-determined milestones.

It is anticipated that Infoway's approach, where federal, provincial and territorial governments participate toward a goal of modernizing electronic health information systems, will reduce costs and improve the quality of health care and patient safety in Canada through coordination of effort, avoidance of duplication and errors, and improved access to patient data.

Audit findings by the recipient during 2020-21, and future plan

The annual independent financial and compliance audits were conducted during the year, and both resulted in unqualified audit reports. There were no other audits scheduled or conducted during the year.

Evaluation findings by the recipient during 2020-21, and future plan

Infoway pursued ongoing internal evaluative and measurement work of its activities and reported its results through its website and annual reports.

Summary of results achieved by the recipient

Results associated with Infoway's legacy activities funded via Up-Front Multi-Year Funding (2001 to 2010) include the following initiatives and activitiesFootnote 69.

Closing the Circle of Care First Nations Expansion ProjectFootnote 70

Infoway and Mustimuhw Information Solutions Inc. are partners on the Mustimuhw solution, which focuses on the community health centre and will give people access to their health information when combined with the Mustimuhw Personal Health Record. This solution was developed by First Nations for First Nations. Secure messaging is an important component of the solution, enhancing interactions between patients and providers. This is especially helpful in northern and remote care settings. As of March 31, 2021, this initiative was serving 317 communities in 7 provinces, out of a target of 226 communities across 10 provinces and territories.

Patient Portals

Patient portals are gaining momentum in several jurisdictions. They can include features such as access to appointment bookings, diagnostic imaging reports, lab test results, vaccines and immunization histories and prescription and medication history. Specific Infoway projects include:

Telehomecare

In 2020-21, Infoway continued to support telehomecare projects for individuals with chronic conditions such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and congestive heart failure. There was a significant increase in the uptake of telehomecare services due to the pandemic. For example, Infoway funded a remote patient monitoring program to support patients in British Columbia with chronic diseases and those with respiratory symptoms who were quarantined at home due to COVID-19. In 12 months, this program provided remote patient care to more than 16,000 patients. Telehomecare has been shown to reduce hospitalizations and trips to emergency rooms as well as improve patient's ability to manage their health conditions.

The use of virtual care, including services such as provider-to-patient e-visits, experienced significant growth in 2020-21. There were just over 1.4 million visits offered in 2019-20; in 2020-21, there were approximately 4 million visits, an increase of approximately 186%. The increase in the use of virtual care during 2020-21 had significant positive impacts on the environment saving Canadian patients an estimated 90 million hours in travel time, and resulting in a reduction of CO2 emissions by approximately 286,000 metric tonnes. More than 97,000 Canadians have enrolled in telehomecare programs since 2010, with 41,459 enrolling in 2020-21.

Pan-Canadian Leadership in Digital Health Knowledge and Collaboration

In 2020-21, Infoway continued to provide national leadership and insights in areas such as privacy, security, solution architecture and standards, interoperability, clinical engagement, change management and benefits evaluation. Throughout the year, Infoway hosted events designed to engage with Canadians and health care providers to understand their experiences and expectations. Infoway's cornerstone event, the annual Partnership Conference, was held virtually in 2020-21, with sessions in September, October, and November. These sessions featured presentations and discussions about a variety of topics such as, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; the keys to sustainable virtual care; e-mental health; and, artificial intelligence and its application to health care. Across all three sessions, there were almost 1,100 attendees.

In 2020-2021, Infoway completed a review of pan-Canadian digital health governance and standards products. Infoway hosted 30 sessions with more than 160 people from across Canada, who provided valuable insights about the roles and responsibilities for stakeholders involved in digital heath standards governance, and the potential opportunities for Infoway standards and services. Infoway intends to use these insights to help it collaborate with provinces and territories to advance digital health interoperability in Canada. Infoway also collaborated on standards to support the fight against COVID-19. Infoway worked with our provincial/territorial and national partners (Health Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada and Canadian Institute for Health Information) to create coded terminology to track COVID-19 testing, diagnosis, surveillance and vaccinations.

Total funding approved (dollars)

$2,093,398,112

Total funding received (dollars)

$2,093,398,112

Financial information (dollars)

Planned spending in 2020−21
0
Total authorities available for use in 2020−21
0
Actual spending (authorities used) in 2020-21
0
Variance (2020–21 actual minus 2020–21 planned)
0
Explanation of variance
N/A
Note: Contribution funding to Infoway is reported under the Details on Transfer Payment Programs of $5 Million or More section of the Supplementary Information Tables.

Response to parliamentary committees and external audits

Response to parliamentary committees

There were no parliamentary committee reports requiring a response in 2020-21.

Response to audits conducted by the Office of the Auditor General of Canada (including audits conducted by the Commissioner of the Environment and Sustainable Development)

2020 Fall Reports of the Commissioner of the Environment and Sustainable Development to the Parliament of Canada

Departmental Progress in Implementing Sustainable Development Strategies – Safe and Healthy Communities

This review, conducted by the Commissioner of the Environment and Sustainable Development (CESD), focused on whether federal departments and agencies contributed to the goal of safe and healthy communities in the 2016–2019 Federal Sustainable Development Strategy. This goal includes improving air quality, protecting Canadians from harmful substances and preventing environmental emergencies or mitigating their impacts.

CESD examined the 2017–2020 sustainable development strategies of 12 federal departments and agencies that contribute to this goal. CESD also reviewed the progress these organizations reported in the supplementary tables of their 2018–19 departmental results reports on the federal goal of safe and healthy communities.

Overall, the organizations reported activities that largely supported the actions set out for this goal in the government's Federal Sustainable Development Strategy. However, the organizations' reporting was at times unclear or incomplete, making it difficult for parliamentarians and Canadians to gain a clear sense of overall progress against the goal.

To achieve the goal of safe and healthy communities, the strategy lists 10 contributing actions. Through their departmental actions, the departments and agencies responsible are expected to collectively help achieve all 10 federal contributing actions.

Recommendation:

Departments and agencies responsible for helping achieve the goal of safe and healthy communities should collectively ensure that their departmental sustainable development strategies support all contributing actions in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Health Canada's response:

Although Health Canada does not contribute to the contributing actions that were identified as missing under the safe and healthy communities goal, the department will continue to ensure that its departmental sustainable development strategy links to the contributing actions in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy that the department's mandate supports.

The report was tabled on October 27, 2020.

Environmental Petitions Annual Report

This year's Annual Report of the Commissioner of the Environment and Sustainable Development indicates that 16 petitions, addressing a wide range of issues, were received between July 1, 2019 and June 30, 2020 and seven of these were directed to Health Canada. Canadians petitioned Health Canada for information regarding their concerns related to pollution from plastics (two petitions), wolf reduction programs (one petition), genetically modified salmon (one petition) as well as toxic substances in the environment (three petitions).

There were no recommendations in this report.

The report was tabled on October 27, 2020.

Response to audits conducted by the Public Service Commission of Canada or the Office of the Commissioner of Official Languages

There were no audits in 2020–21 requiring a response.

Footnotes

Footnote 1

In 2020-21, Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement completed its amalgamation with the Canadian Patient Safety Institute, and formed Healthcare Excellence Canada. As such, 2021-22 will be a transition year for the new organization as it amalgamates into one program. Note that as a result of the amalgamation of these two organizations, the two related contribution programs (CFHI and CPSI) have also amalgamated. This will be the last year that they will be reported on separately. For information on funding to the Canadian Patient Safety Institute, please refer to Contribution Funding to Improve Healthcare Quality and Patient Safety.

Return to footnote 1 referrer

Footnote 2

In 2018, Health Canada initiated the objective of the Collaborative to inform thinking and encourage action on ways of facilitating and supporting collaboration among and between governments, Canadian Blood Services (CBS) and other stakeholders to improve Canada's organ donation and transplantation (ODT) system performance.

Return to footnote 2 referrer

Footnote 3

In 2020-21, Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement completed its amalgamation with the Canadian Patient Safety Institute, and formed Healthcare Excellence Canada. As such, 2021-22 will be a transition year for the new organization as it amalgamates into one program. For detailed information, please refer to the "Contribution Funding to Improve Healthcare Quality and Patient Safety".

Return to footnote 3 referrer

Footnote 4

In 2020-21, Health Canada combined the "Contribution to Strengthen Canada's Organs and Tissues Donation and Transplantation System Program" with the "Canadian Blood Services: Blood Research and Development Program" to form the new "Organs, Tissues, and Blood Program".

Return to footnote 4 referrer

Footnote 5

SUAP is referred to as a program here as it was part of the HC Program Inventory during the 2020-21 fiscal year (until it was removed in October 2020). The DRR is reporting on the 2020-21 fiscal year.

Return to footnote 5 referrer

Footnote 6

SUAP is a partner in the Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy (prevention, harm reduction and treatment pillars) and Canada's Tobacco Strategy, and supports the objectives of Health Canada's Tobacco Control, Controlled Substances and Cannabis Programs.

Return to footnote 6 referrer

Footnote 7

Note that the terms Gender-Based Analysis Plus (GBA Plus) and Sex and Gender-Based Analysis Plus (SGBA Plus) refer to the same concept. Health Canada has chosen to use SGBA Plus to emphasize the fact that differences between women, men and gender-diverse individuals can be biological (sex related) and/or socio-cultural (gender related).

Return to footnote 7 referrer

Footnote 8

In 2020-21, the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement completed its amalgamation with the Canadian Patient Safety Institute, and formed Healthcare Excellence Canada. Going forward, reporting will fall under a single program to reflect the amalgamation.

Return to footnote 8 referrer

Footnote 9

More information can be found under Program Inventory 3: Home, Community & Palliative Care.

Return to footnote 9 referrer

Footnote 10

More information can be found under Program Inventory 4: Mental Health.

Return to footnote 10 referrer

Footnote 11

More information can be found under Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy

Return to footnote 11 referrer

Footnote 12

More information can be found under Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy

Return to footnote 12 referrer

Footnote 13

More information can be found under Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy

Return to footnote 13 referrer

Footnote 14

More information can be found under Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy

Return to footnote 14 referrer

Footnote 15

Health Canada's program inventory included SUAP for a part of the 2020-21 fiscal year, but was removed in fall 2020 due to not meeting the Treasury Board Secretariat formal definition of a program.

Return to footnote 15 referrer

Footnote 16

More information can be found under Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis & Policy; Program Inventory 3: Home, Community & Palliative Care; and, Program Inventory 4: Mental Health

Return to footnote 16 referrer

Footnote 17

Healthcare Excellence Canada is the amalgamated organization of the Canadian Patient Safety Institute and the Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement.

Return to footnote 17 referrer

Footnote 18

HEC will be required to collect and report on SGBA Plus data under its PMF. For more information, see Program Inventory 1: Health Care Systems Analysis and Policy

Return to footnote 18 referrer

Footnote 16

The CTSSP administrator added a separate line specific to gender in their annual survey in 2019. However, only sex indicators have been reported in 2020-21 due to limited or incomplete survey responses on gender.

Return to footnote 19 referrer

Footnote 20

More information on the Health Products and Food Branch SGBA Plus data strategy and SGBA Plus Action Plan can be found under Program Inventory 18: Biologics and Radiopharmaceutical Drugs.

Return to footnote 20 referrer

Footnote 21

Health Canada (2010). Natural Health Product Tracking Survey 2010 Final Report. Prepared by Ipsos Reid for Health Canada. p.6, Available at: http://epe.lac-bac.gc.ca/100/200/301/pwgsc-tpsgc/por-ef/health/2011/135-09/report.pdf

Return to footnote 21 referrer

Footnote 22

Health Canada (2016). Consumer Health Products Survey. Prepared by TNS Canada for Health Canada, Available at: https://epe.lac-bac.gc.ca/100/200/301/pwgsc-tpsgc/por-ef/health/2016/043-15-e/survey-etude-eng.html

Return to footnote 22 referrer

Footnote 23

The Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy (CDSS) covers a broad range of legal and illegal substances, including cannabis, alcohol, opioids and other kinds of substances that can be used problematically.

Return to footnote 23 referrer

Footnote 24

Existing funding, mainly Health Canada and the Public Health Agency of Canada, has been reallocated from the 2017 Strengthening the Canadian Drugs and Substances Strategy Treasury Board submission.

Return to footnote 24 referrer

Footnote 25

The Total federal funding planned spending to date amended to include 2018-19 existing funding.

Return to footnote 25 referrer

Footnote 26

Launch of the awareness training materials deferred to fall 2020 due to unforeseen COVID-19 pressures on first responders.

Return to footnote 26 referrer

Footnote 27

Public Safety hosted the fourth Law Enforcement Roundtable on Drugs online in March 2021. The event focused on further advancing information-sharing amongst the law enforcement community around best practices and effective responses to the current opioid crisis and other emerging drug threats.

Return to footnote 27 referrer

Footnote 28

The target was for 25 new locations implemented. Due to COVID-19 and the implications of travel restrictions and access to locations 23 of the 25 were completed. Year to date CBSA has implemented 56 locations, which is ahead of schedule

Return to footnote 28 referrer

Footnote 29

100% of officers are trained before each site becomes operational

Return to footnote 29 referrer

Footnote 30

Approximately 525 exhibits sampled and identified at DSSA Toronto from Oct 2020 to Mar 2021, which is when the facility became operational. Montreal and Vancouver DSSA's were delayed due to COVID-19 and are planned to be operational for 2021 Q2

Return to footnote 30 referrer

Footnote 31

The stream will be improved as new postal and resultant data becomes available by refining the risk indicators. New iterations will be implemented through Q1 2021-22 to Q4 2022-23

Return to footnote 31 referrer

Footnote 32

Products are produced by the various regions and NHQ. A manual count is required to calculate the total products.

Return to footnote 32 referrer

Footnote 33

CBSA cannot establish a baseline random resultant rate in targeting as it does not collect this data in any commercial mode with the exception of marine. CBSA will revise PI 3.2.4.2 in the 2022-23 Departmental Plan.

Return to footnote 33 referrer

Footnote 34

Includes national reports, peer-reviewed (scientific) journal articles, infographics, factsheets, and related analytical products

Return to footnote 34 referrer

Footnote 35

Federal activities and investments in cannabis are reported implementing a Framework for the Legalization and Strict Regulation of Cannabis horizontal initiative.

Return to footnote 35 referrer

Footnote 36

Additional federal activities and investments to address the opioid crisis are reported through the Addressing the Opioid Crisis horizontal initiative.

Return to footnote 36 referrer

Footnote 37

Existing funding, mainly for Health Canada and the Public Health Agency of Canada has been reallocated through the 2018-19 Addressing the Opioid Crisis Treasury Board submission.

Return to footnote 37 referrer

Footnote 38

This indicator was retired in 2020-21. Actual Results will not be reported in the 2020-21 Departmental Results Report CDSS Horizontal Initiative.

Return to footnote 38 referrer

Footnote 39

This indicator was retired in 2020-21 and will be replaced by the "percentage of targeted stakeholders who reported that they intend to use knowledge/skills related to substance use provided by projects funded through SUAP".

Return to footnote 39 referrer

Footnote 40

Based on availability of information in Drug Treatment Court Information System (DTCIS).

Return to footnote 40 referrer

Footnote 41

The YJ -DT budget was not fully committed mainly due to the pandemic situation.

Return to footnote 41 referrer

Footnote 42

This indicator has been retired, as it only measured one type of supervised consumption site and not the multiple different types of exemptions that increase the availability of harm reduction services such as, SCS, Urgent Public Health Needs, Drug Checking sites, Emergency Interim Supervised Consumption Sites (EISCS), among others.

Return to footnote 42 referrer

Footnote 43

This indicator and target have been retired. ISC is continuing to work with other CDSS partners to review and update the shared performance indicator(s).

Return to footnote 43 referrer

Footnote 44

This indicator has been retired. In 2020-21, Health Canada also processed: 43 Supervised Consumption Site amendments, three cancellations; three Drug Checking site amendments, three renewals; two new EISCS, one amendment, four renewals; 21 new Urgent Public Health Needs Sites, three amendments, and 22 renewals. These requests do not have service standards attached to them.

Return to footnote 44 referrer

Footnote 45

While the ability to report on the "Percentage decrease in the number of people who use drugs who report sharing drug-use equipment" with Grants and Contributions level data continues to be impeded by methodological difficulties, population-level data from the Tracks Survey of people who inject drugs in Canada, Phase Four, 2017-2019 found that the proportion of participants who reported borrowing used needles and/or syringes decreased by almost half from 20.2% in Phase One (2003-2005) and 21.8% in Phase Two (2005-2008) to 11.6% in Phase Four (2017-2019).

Return to footnote 45 referrer

Footnote 46

The PPSC performance indicators are currently being reviewed.

Return to footnote 46 referrer

Footnote 47

A target has not yet been established for this indicator. On-site inspections of high-risk Licensed Dealers continue to be a priority for the program. Due to COVID-19 and the resulting health and safety restrictions, the program transitioned to virtual/remote methods for its planned inspections, as well as all other high-risk activities (e.g. security inspections). In order for a target to be set for planned inspections, a full operational year using the new risk-based approach is needed to ensure a sufficient sample size and establish a baseline. A target and target date will be established once a full year of risk-based planned inspections data is available which is expected by March 31, 2023. For 2022-23, the program will use a risk-based approach for compliance and enforcement activities, including virtual/remote and onsite inspections and compliance promotion.

Return to footnote 47 referrer

Footnote 48

The discontinuation of routine testing and reduced analytical capacity due to COVID-19, especially from April to June 2020, affected the number of samples analyzed and the overall percentage of samples analyzed within service standard.

Return to footnote 48 referrer

Footnote 49

The continued expansion of e-commerce, further accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, resulted in a large increase in drug seizures processed at the three CBSA mail centres, accounting for 83% of all CBSA drug seizures. Drug seizures at mail centres tended to be of lesser quantity and value which resulted in lowering the average value of non-intelligence seizures and increasing the ratio in comparison to intelligence led seizures (in dollars) to 70:1. Excluding drug seizures at CBSA mail centres, the ratio of intelligence led seizures compared to non-intelligence seizures (in dollars) was 14:1.

Return to footnote 49 referrer

Footnote 50

Represents monthly average.

Return to footnote 50 referrer

Footnote 51

Represents monthly average.

Return to footnote 51 referrer

Footnote 52

These case disclosures relate to suspicions of money laundering or terrorist financing where the predicate offence is believed to be drug distribution or production.

Return to footnote 52 referrer

Footnote 53

320 seizures of illegal substances in LAC, including 100 cases of cocaine (over 73.85 tons), firearms, ammunition and chemical precursors. These seizures included 250 kilograms of cocaine concealed in containers destined for Canada from source countries including Colombia and Panama.

Return to footnote 53 referrer

Footnote 54

The Parole Board of Canada (PBC) questionnaire was conducted in 2016-17 the next questionnaire is planned for 2022-23.

Return to footnote 54 referrer

Footnote 55

Engagement sessions include participation on the Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police Drug Advisory Committee, the Canada-United States Action Plan on Opioids, North American Drug Dialogue (NADD) and the Organization of American States' Commission on Drug Abuse Control. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the 64th session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs was deferred to April 2021. Similarly, the 5th NADD meeting, planned for 2020, was deferred to late 2021.

Return to footnote 55 referrer

Footnote 56

Note that transnational refers to occurrences with an international nexus, and does not include those with an inter-provincial nexus.

Return to footnote 56 referrer

Footnote 57

This number reflects all RCMP investigations related to illegal drug production and distribution. Drug categories include: amphetamines; anabolic steroids; cannabis; Catha; cocaine; GHB; hallucinogens; ketamine; opioids; piperazine; precursors; and sedatives and tranquilizers.

Return to footnote 57 referrer

Footnote 58

The United Nations Annual Report Questionnaire is in the process of being revised. As such, this performance indicator and target are being reviewed. Results for 2020-21 and 2021-22 will be reported in the 2021-22 Departmental Results Report.

Return to footnote 58 referrer

Footnote 59

The total federal funding planned spending to date reported in 2020-21 Departmental Plan differs from the revised amount being reported in the 2020-21 Departmental Results Report.

Return to footnote 59 referrer

Footnote 60

This Horizontal Initiative has been renewed and, therefore, the next evaluation is currently planned for 2024-25.

Return to footnote 60 referrer

Footnote 61

Managing risks to human health from substances involves research, consultations with stakeholders and analyzing socioeconomic impacts. As a result, delays in the development of the proposed and final risk management actions may occur. The Program will continue to streamline processes and look for further efficiencies in order to continuously strive towards the target of 100%.

Return to footnote 61 referrer

Footnote 62

Managing risks to human health from substances involves research, consultations with stakeholders and analyzing socioeconomic impacts. As a result, delays in the development of the proposed and final risk management actions may occur. The Program will continue to streamline processes and look for further efficiencies in order to continuously strive towards the target of 100%.

Return to footnote 62 referrer

Footnote 63

Assessing the risks to the environment from substances is complex, as it often includes data gathering and working with other jurisdictions and stakeholders. As a result, delays in the development of the risk assessment documents may occur. The Program will continue to streamline processes and look for further efficiencies in order to continuously strive towards the target of 100%.

Return to footnote 63 referrer

Footnote 64

Managing risks to the environment from substances is complex, as it often includes research, consultations with stakeholders and analyzing socio-economic impacts. As a result, delays in the development of the proposed and final risk management actions may occur. The Program will continue to streamline processes and look for further efficiencies in order to continuously strive towards the target of 100%.

Return to footnote 64 referrer

Footnote 65

Data may be subject to change as certain non-serious adverse reactions may still be in the workflow.

Return to footnote 65 referrer

Footnote 66

In 2020-21, Canadian Foundation for Healthcare Improvement amalgamated with the Canadian Patient Safety Institute and formed Healthcare Excellence Canada.

Return to footnote 66 referrer

Footnote 67

The original allocation (2001) was governed by a Memorandum of Understanding. Presently, Infoway is accountable for the provisions of three active funding agreements, signed in: March 2003 (encompasses 2001 and 2003 allocations), March 2004, and March 2010.

Return to footnote 67 referrer

Footnote 68

As per the 2010 funding agreement, the duration of the agreement is until the later of: the date upon which all Up-Front Multi-Year Funding provided has been expended; or March 31, 2015. Funds from the 2007 funding agreement (which was signed in March 2007) were expended in 2018-19. Funds from the 2010 funding agreement were expended in 2020-21.

Return to footnote 68 referrer

Footnote 69

Please note that this section only addresses Infoway's legacy activities funded under up-front multi-year funding agreements. The majority of Infoway's current activities relate to Budget 2017 contribution funding that supports implementation of a multi-jurisdiction e-prescribing solution (Prescribe IT), as well as the ACCESS Health initiative that aims to provide Canadians with access to their personal health information and digital health solutions, and allow health care providers to share patient information.

Return to footnote 69 referrer

Footnote 70

The Closing the Circle of Care First Nations Expansion Project is partially funded by the 2003 funding agreement and a contribution agreement stemming from Budget 2017.

Return to footnote 70 referrer

Footnote 71

Carnet Santé is partially funded by the 2003 funding agreement and by a contribution agreement for funds allocated under Budget 2017.

Return to footnote 71 referrer

Page details

Date modified: